Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Information Theory

70 missions · 37 completed

Missions

Open33Completed37All70
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Explore First, Exploit Next: The True Shape of Regret in Bandit Problems I: Expected Draws Weighted by Arm Divergences Dominate the Binary Divergence of the Means of Any [0,1]-Valued StatisticResearch Paper

Motivation

Lower bounds on the regret of stochastic multi-armed bandit strategies say how often any reasonable strategy must sample an arm that is not the best one. They are the benchmark against which upper bounds for UCB, KL-UCB and Thompson sampling are judged optimal. The classical bounds of Lai and Robbins (1985) and Burnetas and Katehakis (1996) were proved by changes of measure on carefully chosen events, combined with Markov–Chernoff estimates of their probabilities.

Garivier, Ménard and Stoltz (arXiv:1602.07182v3), published in Mathematics of Operations Research in 2019, replace those arguments with one inequality, which they call the fundamental inequality of their article, inequality (6), p. 6. Every lower bound in the paper follows from it: the asymptotic Lai–Robbins / Burnetas–Katehakis bound for an arbitrary model (Theorem 1), the non-asymptotic bounds for small horizons (Theorems 2–4), and the non-asymptotic logarithmic bound for large horizons (Theorem 5). The same inequality, in the form of Lemma 1 of Kaufmann, Cappé and Garivier (2016), underlies lower bounds for best-arm identification. This mission formalizes the inequality and the lemma that carries its proof.

Setting

A bandit problem with KKK arms is a family ν‾=(νa)a=1,…,K\underline\nu=(\nu_a)_{a=1,\dots,K}ν​=(νa​)a=1,…,K​ of probability distributions on R\mathbb RR, each with a finite expectation. A strategy ψ\psiψ plays for TTT rounds. In round t+1t+1t+1 it picks an arm At+1A_{t+1}At+1​ as a measurable function of It=(U0,Y1,U1,…,Yt,Ut)I_t=(U_0,Y_1,U_1,\dots,Y_t,U_t)It​=(U0​,Y1​,U1​,…,Yt​,Ut​), where the UtU_tUt​ are independent uniforms on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. It then observes a reward Yt+1Y_{t+1}Yt+1​ drawn from νAt+1\nu_{A_{t+1}}νAt+1​​ and a fresh independent uniform Ut+1U_{t+1}Ut+1​. The strategy together with the problem determines the law Pν‾\mathbb P_{\underline\nu}Pν​​ of ITI_TIT​; Eν‾\mathbb E_{\underline\nu}Eν​​ is its expectation. The number of draws of arm aaa is

Nψ,a(T)=∑t=1TI{At=a}.N_{\psi,a}(T)=\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb I\{A_t=a\}.Nψ,a​(T)=t=1∑T​I{At​=a}.

KL(P,Q)∈[0,+∞]\mathrm{KL}(P,Q)\in[0,+\infty]KL(P,Q)∈[0,+∞] is the Kullback–Leibler divergence between two probability measures: ∫ln⁡dPdQ dP\int\ln\frac{\mathrm dP}{\mathrm dQ}\,\mathrm dP∫lndQdP​dP when PPP is absolutely continuous with respect to QQQ and the integral exists, and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise. The binary divergence kl(p,q)\mathrm{kl}(p,q)kl(p,q), for p,q∈[0,1]p,q\in[0,1]p,q∈[0,1], is the Kullback–Leibler divergence between the Bernoulli distributions of parameters ppp and qqq. For q∈(0,1)q\in(0,1)q∈(0,1) it is given by (5):

kl(p,q)=pln⁡pq+(1−p)ln⁡1−p1−q.\mathrm{kl}(p,q)=p\ln\frac pq+(1-p)\ln\frac{1-p}{1-q}.kl(p,q)=plnqp​+(1−p)ln1−q1−p​.

It equals +∞+\infty+∞ for q∈{0,1}q\in\{0,1\}q∈{0,1} and p≠qp\ne qp=q.

The Lean development builds on the published StochasticBandit K, which holds the arm laws ν.P a. The local FullStrategy K implements the paper's measurable strategy on ItI_tIt​; fullHistoryMeasure ν ψ T is the law of ITI_TIT​, fullPullCount ψ a is Nψ,a(T)N_{\psi,a}(T)Nψ,a​(T), and fullExpPulls ν ψ T a is its expectation. The published BanditPolicy K describes the observed-history kernel model used by the two referenced chain-rule results. The shared definitions supply the Bernoulli law and klBer p q for kl(p,q)\mathrm{kl}(p,q)kl(p,q).

Formalization targets

Goal: the fundamental inequality (6), p. 6

For every strategy ψ\psiψ, every pair of bandit problems ν‾,ν‾′\underline\nu,\underline\nu'ν​,ν​′, every horizon TTT, and every σ(IT)\sigma(I_T)σ(IT​)-measurable statistic ZZZ with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]:

∑a=1KEν‾[Nψ,a(T)] KL(νa,νa′) ≥ kl(Eν‾[Z], Eν‾′[Z]),\sum_{a=1}^K\mathbb E_{\underline\nu}\big[N_{\psi,a}(T)\big]\,\mathrm{KL}(\nu_a,\nu'_a)\ \ge\ \mathrm{kl}\big(\mathbb E_{\underline\nu}[Z],\ \mathbb E_{\underline\nu'}[Z]\big),a=1∑K​Eν​​[Nψ,a​(T)]KL(νa​,νa′​) ≥ kl(Eν​​[Z], Eν​′​[Z]),

in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], with 0⋅(+∞)=00\cdot(+\infty)=00⋅(+∞)=0. The arm laws have the finite expectations required in §1.1; their divergences may be infinite.

Milestones, in the order of the proof (§2.1, pp. 7–8)

  1. (9), p. 7: the one-round chain rule. Under finite arm divergences, the divergence between the observed-history laws after round t+1t+1t+1 is the divergence after round ttt plus Eν‾[∑aKL(νa,νa′) I{At+1=a}]\mathbb E_{\underline\nu}\big[\sum_a\mathrm{KL}(\nu_a,\nu'_a)\,\mathbb I\{A_{t+1}=a\}\big]Eν​​[∑a​KL(νa​,νa′​)I{At+1​=a}]. The observed-history kernel version is proved on the platform.
  2. Equality in (8), p. 7: ∑aEν‾[Nψ,a(T)] KL(νa,νa′)=KL(Pν‾IT,Pν‾′IT)\sum_a\mathbb E_{\underline\nu}[N_{\psi,a}(T)]\,\mathrm{KL}(\nu_a,\nu'_a)=\mathrm{KL}(\mathbb P_{\underline\nu}^{I_T},\mathbb P_{\underline\nu'}^{I_T})∑a​Eν​​[Nψ,a​(T)]KL(νa​,νa′​)=KL(Pν​IT​​,Pν​′IT​​). The platform has the observed-history kernel version under finite arm divergences; relating it to the full information law is part of the goal's work.
  3. Lemma 1, first display, p. 8: KL(P1,P2)=KL(P1⊗λ,P2⊗λ)\mathrm{KL}(\mathbb P_1,\mathbb P_2)=\mathrm{KL}(\mathbb P_1\otimes\lambda,\mathbb P_2\otimes\lambda)KL(P1​,P2​)=KL(P1​⊗λ,P2​⊗λ), with λ\lambdaλ the Lebesgue measure on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  4. Lemma 1, second display, p. 8: KL(P1,P2)≥kl((P1⊗λ)(E),(P2⊗λ)(E))\mathrm{KL}(\mathbb P_1,\mathbb P_2)\ge\mathrm{kl}\big((\mathbb P_1\otimes\lambda)(E),(\mathbb P_2\otimes\lambda)(E)\big)KL(P1​,P2​)≥kl((P1​⊗λ)(E),(P2​⊗λ)(E)) for every measurable E⊆Γ×[0,1]E\subseteq\Gamma\times[0,1]E⊆Γ×[0,1].
  5. Lemma 1, last display, p. 8: (P⊗λ){(γ,x):x≤Z(γ)}=E[Z](\mathbb P\otimes\lambda)\{(\gamma,x):x\le Z(\gamma)\}=\mathbb E[Z](P⊗λ){(γ,x):x≤Z(γ)}=E[Z].
  6. Lemma 1, p. 8: for probability measures P1,P2\mathbb P_1,\mathbb P_2P1​,P2​ on any measurable space and any measurable ZZZ with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], KL(P1,P2)≥kl(E1[Z],E2[Z])\mathrm{KL}(\mathbb P_1,\mathbb P_2)\ge\mathrm{kl}(\mathbb E_1[Z],\mathbb E_2[Z])KL(P1​,P2​)≥kl(E1​[Z],E2​[Z]).

Significance

The result. Inequality (6) turns a lower bound on the number of draws into a choice of an alternative problem ν‾′\underline\nu'ν​′ and a statistic ZZZ, usually Z=Nψ,a(T)/TZ=N_{\psi,a}(T)/TZ=Nψ,a​(T)/T. The binary divergence then contains expected numbers of draws directly, and no event or concentration estimate is needed. In the paper this gives a few-line proof of the Lai–Robbins / Burnetas–Katehakis bound lim inf⁡TE[Nψ,a(T)]/ln⁡T≥1/Kinf⁡\liminf_T\mathbb E[N_{\psi,a}(T)]/\ln T\ge 1/\mathcal K_{\inf}liminfT​E[Nψ,a​(T)]/lnT≥1/Kinf​ for any model. It also gives the non-asymptotic bounds showing that the regret grows almost linearly while TTT is below a divergence-determined threshold. Each of these is a separate mission of this series, and each applies (6) once.

The formalization. The paper calls the equality in (8) standard and re-proves it for completeness; the inequality half, Lemma 1, is its own contribution. Observed-history kernel versions of the equality in (8) and the one-round step (9) are already formalized on the platform, under the hypothesis that every arm divergence is finite. Lemma 1 and the full-information inequality (6) itself are proved in the paper but not formalized. A machine-checked (6), stated with no divergence-finiteness hypothesis, would make every downstream lower bound in the series a matter of calculus with the binary divergence.

Difficulty

Two points need care. First, Lemma 1 is stated for an arbitrary [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued ZZZ. The data-processing inequality only gives it directly for indicators of events, and pushing Pj\mathbb P_jPj​ forward by ZZZ gives a law on [0,1][0,1][0,1], not a Bernoulli law. The paper's route enlarges the space by an independent uniform variable, which needs the product with Lebesgue measure, the invariance of the divergence under that product, and Tonelli's theorem. Second, the goal has no finiteness hypothesis on the arm divergences, while the published chain-rule results assume it. When KL(νa,νa′)=+∞\mathrm{KL}(\nu_a,\nu'_a)=+\inftyKL(νa​,νa′​)=+∞ for an arm that is drawn with positive probability, the left side is +∞+\infty+∞ and there is nothing to prove. When such an arm is never drawn, its term is 0⋅(+∞)=00\cdot(+\infty)=00⋅(+∞)=0. The divergence between the history laws must then be shown to be finite and equal to the remaining sum, which the published decomposition does not cover.

Formalization scope

  • Arms are Fin K, indexed from 000. The horizon TTT is a natural number; at T=0T=0T=0 both sides are 000. For K=0K=0K=0 no policy exists, so K≥1K\ge1K≥1 needs no hypothesis.
  • Strategies are FullStrategy K, measurable functions of the paper's ItI_tIt​. The same strategy runs under ν‾\underline\nuν​ and ν‾′\underline\nu'ν​′. The local history law includes every auxiliary uniform, so ZZZ may depend on any of them.
  • Both bandit problems satisfy Integrable id for each arm, expressing §1.1's finite-expectation condition. The published StochasticBandit structure supplies only the probability-law condition.
  • The binary divergence is the [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞]-valued Kullback–Leibler divergence of two Bernoulli laws, klBer, never a real formula. A real formula would return a finite junk value at q∈{0,1}q\in\{0,1\}q∈{0,1}, where (5) is +∞+\infty+∞, and would make the goal trivially true there. A version with a finiteness hypothesis on the arm divergences, or with a real-valued binary divergence restricted to q∈(0,1)q\in(0,1)q∈(0,1), would be a weaker theorem and is not the target.
  • In Lemma 1 and its displays, the "distributions" are probability measures on an arbitrary measurable space. λ\lambdaλ is the volume on Mathlib's unitInterval. ZZZ is real-valued and measurable, with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Builds on the published definitions StochasticBandit and BanditPolicy and on Mathlib's InformationTheory.klDiv. The goal uses a local explicit auxiliary-uniform strategy; the published chain-rule references use observed-history kernel policies and are related proof tools. Other tools are data processing (klDiv_map_le), the chain rule for klDiv and composition products, and Tonelli. The tensorization identity for products of probability measures is Proved on the platform as Tensorization.klDiv_prod_eq_add. Lemma 1 is reusable well beyond bandits, wherever a divergence must be compared with the means of a bounded statistic. Proofs of the milestones, and an extension of the chain rule to infinite arm divergences, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Garivier, P. Ménard, G. Stoltz, Explore First, Exploit Next: The True Shape of Regret in Bandit Problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2), 2019; arXiv:1602.07182v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.07182v3, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2017.0928
  • T. L. Lai, H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Advances in Applied Mathematics 6, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • A. N. Burnetas, M. N. Katehakis, Optimal adaptive policies for sequential allocation problems, Advances in Applied Mathematics 17, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/aama.1996.0007
  • E. Kaufmann, O. Cappé, A. Garivier, On the complexity of best-arm identification in multi-armed bandit models, Journal of Machine Learning Research 17, 2016. https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/kaufman16a.html
  • T. Lattimore, C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
11 thms5 active usersReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

The Entropy Photon-Number Inequality and its Consequences: It Implies Both Minimum Output Entropy Conjectures, So Vacuum and Thermal Inputs Minimize the Beam-Splitter Output EntropyResearch Paper

Motivation

Light carries information in electromagnetic field modes. At optical frequencies, photon statistics affect the capacities of thermal-noise and broadcast communication channels. Bounds on these capacities depend on identifying the smallest entropy that a beam splitter can produce under specified input conditions. Guha, Erkmen, and Shapiro explain why two such minimum output entropy claims matter: their first supports the proposed thermal-noise channel capacity, and their second supports the proposed bosonic broadcast capacity region. The paper states both as conjectures and shows that they follow from its Entropy Photon-Number Inequality (EPnI).

The authors model the EPnI on the classical entropy power inequality, but its quantum version concerns density operators rather than probability densities. Their 2007 paper does not prove the EPnI. A later platform theorem, sourced from an OpenAI mathematics preprint codebase, is marked Proved for finite-energy inputs. It supplies this mission's referenced first milestone. The statements here express the paper's two consequences in that same model; their Lean proofs are still open in this proposal.

Setting

A bosonic mode has number states ∣m⟩|m\rangle∣m⟩ indexed by m∈Nm\in\mathbb Nm∈N. An nnn-mode state ρ\rhoρ is a positive density operator on the full Fock space indexed by Nn\mathbb N^nNn, with trace one. Its von Neumann entropy is S(ρ)=−tr⁡(ρlog⁡ρ)S(\rho)=-\operatorname{tr}(\rho\log\rho)S(ρ)=−tr(ρlogρ). All logarithms are natural. A thermal state with average photon number N≥0N\ge0N≥0 per mode has weights Nm/(N+1)m+1N^m/(N+1)^{m+1}Nm/(N+1)m+1 in the number basis; for nnn modes the state is the product of these single-mode distributions. At N=0N=0N=0 this is the vacuum, with zero photons in every mode. A pure state is a projector onto a unit Fock vector. A state has zero mean field when the expectation of the annihilation operator is zero for each mode.

Two independent input states ρa\rho_aρa​ and ρb\rho_bρb​ enter a lossless beam splitter with transmissivity η∈[0,1]\eta\in[0,1]η∈[0,1]. For each mode its retained output has annihilation operator c^=η a^+1−η b^\hat c=\sqrt{\eta}\,\hat a+\sqrt{1-\eta}\,\hat bc^=η​a^+1−η​b^; the other output is discarded. The retained density operator is ρc\rho_cρc​. Independence means that the joint input is ρa⊗ρb\rho_a\otimes\rho_bρa​⊗ρb​; correlations among modes inside either input are allowed. The thermal entropy per mode is

g(N)=(N+1)log⁡(N+1)−Nlog⁡N,g(N)=(N+1)\log(N+1)-N\log N,g(N)=(N+1)log(N+1)−NlogN,

with the continuous convention at N=0N=0N=0. The entropy photon-number of an nnn-mode state is g−1(S(ρ)/n)g^{-1}(S(\rho)/n)g−1(S(ρ)/n). Eq. (13) of the paper asserts that the output entropy photon-number is at least η\etaη times that of the first input plus 1−η1-\eta1−η times that of the second. The source paper gives the definitions in §II.B, p. 2.

Formalization targets

The first target fixes the second input to a thermal product state of mean K≥0K\ge0K≥0, while the first ranges over zero-mean-field pure states. The second fixes the first input to the vacuum, while the second ranges over states with entropy ng(K)n g(K)ng(K). For each class, the claimed lower bound and attained minimum are

S(ρc)≥n g((1−η)K),min⁡S(ρc)=n g((1−η)K).S(\rho_c)\ge n\,g((1-\eta)K),\qquad \min S(\rho_c)=n\,g((1-\eta)K).S(ρc​)≥ng((1−η)K),minS(ρc​)=ng((1−η)K).

For the first class the vacuum first input attains equality. For the second, the product thermal second input attains equality. The goal states both claims together, including the existence of an attaining input and output. The shared attack path contains the EPnI, Eq. (13), the scalar properties of ggg and its inverse, thermal state existence and entropy, zero entropy of pure states, the beam splitter's thermal output for vacuum and thermal inputs, and the inequalities of Eqs. (16)–(17). Each milestone uses the statement on pp. 2–3 of the paper.

Significance

An attained minimum gives the precise noise floor for the two input classes. In the paper's capacity arguments, the first class concerns the thermal-noise channel and the second the bosonic broadcast channel. The mission records the exact optimizer and the output entropy, including the endpoints η=0,1\eta=0,1η=0,1 and K=0K=0K=0. Without the optimizer's output value, a lower bound alone would not identify the minimum.

The referenced EPnI is marked Proved on Prove2Me under finite-energy assumptions. This mission's thermal-state, pure-state, and beam-splitter statements are draft targets and have no machine-checked proofs here. Closing them would connect the platform's general inequality to the two applications explicitly worked through by Guha, Erkmen, and Shapiro. The thermal-state and entropy facts can also serve other bosonic-channel formalizations using the same Fock-space interface.

Difficulty

The EPnI supplies an entropy photon-number bound, but converting it into an attained output-entropy minimum requires more than substituting a pure input. One must justify that the inverse thermal entropy behaves as expected on nonnegative entropies, that thermal product states really exist in the chosen infinite-dimensional state space, and that vacuum mixed with thermal noise produces the specified thermal output. The last claim is a statement about the full beam-splitter matrix and its partial trace, not just a scalar entropy comparison. Infinite sums also demand care: a formal expression that defaults to zero when it diverges would give a spurious entropy value.

Formalization scope

The development reuses OAI.EntropyPhotonNumber.State n, its number-basis matrix entries, real-valued entropy, ggg, the infimum definition of g−1g^{-1}g−1, and the beam-splitter output relation. The new definitions express thermal, vacuum, pure, and zero-mean-field states on that same carrier. The thermal state uses Eq. (10)'s number-basis formula; Eq. (9)'s coherent-state integral is outside this mission. The beam splitter uses the sign convention in the published definition, which yields the paper's retained output c^\hat cc^. The zero-mean-field condition includes convergence of each annihilation expectation.

There is at least one mode, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, since Eq. (11) divides entropy by nnn. Inputs to which the EPnI is applied have finite energy. This assumption is additional to the paper's phrasing: it is required by the referenced platform theorem and prevents the real-valued infinite-series entropy from taking a default zero on a divergent input. The first optimized input is therefore a finite-energy pure state; the second is a finite-energy state of entropy ng(K)n g(K)ng(K). The thermal and vacuum witnesses themselves have finite energy. These conditions are disclosed in the theorem statements and are not assertions that the unrestricted conjectures have been settled here.

The goal quantifies over every feasible input and corresponding output, states equality for every output from the named optimizer, and asserts that the optimizer and an output exist. This rules out a vacuous result from an empty thermal-state class or a bound that omits attainment. Contributions to the scalar ggg lemmas, thermal-state construction, pure-state entropy, and the beam-splitter output calculation are all within scope. Infrastructure for summable Fock-space matrix entries and operator entropy should remain reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Guha, B. I. Erkmen, and J. H. Shapiro, The Entropy Photon-Number Inequality and its Consequences, arXiv:0710.5666v2, 2007. arXiv
  • OpenAI, EntropyPhotonNumber Lean development, September 2026, unreviewed preprint code. Source; Prove2Me theorem.
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
Graph TheoryQuantum Error Correction·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum Expander Codes: On a Biregular Left-Right Expanding Graph with δA, δB < 1/6, the Greedy Generator Decoder Corrects Every Quantum Error of Weight Below min(γA·nA, γB·nB)/(3(1+ΔB))Research Paper

Motivation

A quantum LDPC code is a CSS code whose two check matrices HXH_XHX​ and HZH_ZHZ​ have rows and columns of bounded weight, so that every check measures only a few qubits. Such codes are the main candidates for fault-tolerant quantum memories, because their checks are local, but a code is only useful together with a decoder: an efficient procedure that recovers the error, up to stabilizers, from its syndrome. For classical LDPC codes built from expander graphs, Sipser and Spielman showed in 1996 that a simple bit-flipping algorithm corrects a constant fraction of the minimum distance in linear time (Sipser–Spielman 1996). In the quantum setting the obvious analogue fails, and before this work no family of quantum LDPC codes was known to admit an efficient decoder correcting a number of adversarial errors proportional to its minimum distance.

Timeline.

  • 1996: Sipser and Spielman, expander codes and their linear-time bit-flipping decoder.
  • 2009: Tillich and Zémor introduce the hypergraph product, giving quantum LDPC codes of positive rate and minimum distance of order n\sqrt nn​ (arXiv:0903.0566).
  • 2015: Leverrier, Tillich and Zémor take the hypergraph product of an expanding biregular graph with itself and prove that a greedy generator-flipping decoder corrects every error of weight up to a constant fraction of the minimum distance (arXiv:1504.00822, FOCS 2015). This mission formalizes that result.

Setting

Let G=(A∪B,E)G = (A \cup B, \mathcal E)G=(A∪B,E) be a finite bipartite graph, nA=∣A∣n_A = |A|nA​=∣A∣, nB=∣B∣n_B = |B|nB​=∣B∣, with nB≤nAn_B \le n_AnB​≤nA​, and write a∼ba \sim ba∼b for adjacency. GGG is (ΔA,ΔB)(\Delta_A, \Delta_B)(ΔA​,ΔB​)-biregular if every vertex of AAA has ΔA\Delta_AΔA​ neighbours and every vertex of BBB has ΔB\Delta_BΔB​. For S⊆AS \subseteq AS⊆A let Γ(S)\Gamma(S)Γ(S) be its neighbourhood. GGG is (γA,δA)(\gamma_A, \delta_A)(γA​,δA​)-left-expanding if ∣Γ(S)∣≥(1−δA)ΔA∣S∣|\Gamma(S)| \ge (1 - \delta_A)\Delta_A |S|∣Γ(S)∣≥(1−δA​)ΔA​∣S∣ for every S⊆AS \subseteq AS⊆A with ∣S∣≤γAnA|S| \le \gamma_A n_A∣S∣≤γA​nA​; right expansion is the same on the BBB side, and left-right expanding means both. Γu(S)\Gamma_u(S)Γu​(S) denotes the unique neighbours of SSS, adjacent to exactly one vertex of SSS.

Let HHH be the nB×nAn_B \times n_AnB​×nA​ binary biadjacency matrix of GGG. The quantum code QG\mathcal Q_GQG​ has n=nA2+nB2n = n_A^2 + n_B^2n=nA2​+nB2​ qubits, indexed by A2∪B2A^2 \cup B^2A2∪B2 (written αa\alpha aαa and bβb\betabβ), and check matrices

HX=(1nA⊗H, HT⊗1nB),HZ=(H⊗1nA, 1nB⊗HT),H_X = (\mathbb 1_{n_A} \otimes H,\ H^T \otimes \mathbb 1_{n_B}), \qquad H_Z = (H \otimes \mathbb 1_{n_A},\ \mathbb 1_{n_B} \otimes H^T),HX​=(1nA​​⊗H, HT⊗1nB​​),HZ​=(H⊗1nA​​, 1nB​​⊗HT),

with rows indexed by A×BA \times BA×B and B×AB \times AB×A. The row bababa of HZH_ZHZ​ has support the Z-generator gba={αa:α∼b}∪{bβ:β∼a}g_{ba} = \{\alpha a : \alpha \sim b\} \cup \{b\beta : \beta \sim a\}gba​={αa:α∼b}∪{bβ:β∼a}. An XXX error is e∈F2A2∪B2e \in \mathbb F_2^{A^2 \cup B^2}e∈F2A2∪B2​, its syndrome is σX(e)=HXeT\sigma_X(e) = H_X e^TσX​(e)=HX​eT, and CZ⊥\mathcal C_Z^\perpCZ⊥​ is the space of sums of Z-generators. The weight w(eX,eZ)w(e_X, e_Z)w(eX​,eZ​) of a quantum error counts the qubits where eXe_XeX​ or eZe_ZeZ​ is nonzero.

The decoder. On a syndrome sss, one iteration picks a vector e1e_1e1​ whose support lies in some generator gbag_{ba}gba​, such that s1=s+σX(e1)s_1 = s + \sigma_X(e_1)s1​=s+σX​(e1​) has ∣s1∣<∣s∣|s_1| < |s|∣s1​∣<∣s∣ and the ratio (∣s∣−∣s1∣)/∣e1∣(|s| - |s_1|)/|e_1|(∣s∣−∣s1​∣)/∣e1​∣ is maximal among all such vectors. It iterates on the current syndrome, fails if it gets stuck at a nonzero syndrome, and otherwise outputs the sum eOe_OeO​ of the flipped vectors. The ZZZ decoder is the same with HXH_XHX​ and HZH_ZHZ​ exchanged.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Assume GGG is (ΔA,ΔB)(\Delta_A, \Delta_B)(ΔA​,ΔB​)-biregular and (γA,δA,γB,δB)(\gamma_A, \delta_A, \gamma_B, \delta_B)(γA​,δA​,γB​,δB​)-left-right expanding with

δA<16,δB<16,\delta_A < \tfrac16, \qquad \delta_B < \tfrac16,δA​<61​,δB​<61​,

and let (eX,eZ)(e_X, e_Z)(eX​,eZ​) be a quantum error with

w(eX,eZ)<w0=13(1+ΔB)min⁡(γAnA,γBnB).w(e_X, e_Z) < w_0 = \frac{1}{3(1 + \Delta_B)} \min(\gamma_A n_A, \gamma_B n_B).w(eX​,eZ​)<w0​=3(1+ΔB​)1​min(γA​nA​,γB​nB​).

Then on every run, the XXX decoder on input σX(eX)\sigma_X(e_X)σX​(eX​) never outputs a failure and its output satisfies eO+eX∈CZ⊥e_O + e_X \in \mathcal C_Z^\perpeO​+eX​∈CZ⊥​. The ZZZ decoder on σZ(eZ)\sigma_Z(e_Z)σZ​(eZ​) behaves symmetrically, with eO+eZ∈CX⊥e_O + e_Z \in \mathcal C_X^\perpeO​+eZ​∈CX⊥​.

Milestones

In the paper's order of proof:

  • Lemma 3, ∣Γu(SA)∣≥(1−2δA)ΔA∣SA∣|\Gamma_u(S_A)| \ge (1 - 2\delta_A)\Delta_A |S_A|∣Γu​(SA​)∣≥(1−2δA​)ΔA​∣SA​∣;
  • Proposition 4, distance at least γAnA\gamma_A n_AγA​nA​ for the classical code;
  • the distance half of eq. (3), dQ≥min⁡(d,dT)d_Q \ge \min(d, d^T)dQ​≥min(d,dT), already posed on the platform;
  • Corollary 5, dQ≥min⁡(γAnA,γBnB)d_Q \ge \min(\gamma_A n_A, \gamma_B n_B)dQ​≥min(γA​nA​,γB​nB​);
  • the column-weight bound ∣σX(e)∣≤ΔB∣e∣|\sigma_X(e)| \le \Delta_B |e|∣σX​(e)∣≤ΔB​∣e∣;
  • Lemma 7, existence of a critical generator;
  • the displays (19), (22), (23), (24) of Appendix B;
  • Lemma 8, a step of ratio at least 1/31/31/3 inside a critical generator;
  • Lemma 10, the XXX half of the goal.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 gives the first family of quantum LDPC codes with an efficient decoder that corrects a number of adversarial errors proportional to the minimum distance. Here that number is of order n\sqrt nn​. The same analysis yields a robustness property: low-weight errors have syndromes of proportional weight (Corollary 9 of the paper). Later work on quantum expander codes builds on this analysis, for example on their decoding under random noise (arXiv:1711.08351) and on fault tolerance with constant overhead (arXiv:1808.03821).

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper. As far as is known, it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal statement of the decoder and its correctness, and it also produces reusable pieces:

  • unique-neighbour expansion;
  • the distance of expander codes;
  • the distance of hypergraph product codes, tied to an open item of the Tillich–Zémor mission;
  • a generic formalization of greedy syndrome-weight decoding.

Difficulty

The obvious quantum analogue of Sipser–Spielman flips single qubits that lower the syndrome weight. It fails because of degeneracy: an error and its sum with a generator have the same syndrome. A small error can therefore look locally like a large one, and no single qubit need be worth flipping. The paper's decoder instead flips arbitrary patterns inside one generator. The difficulty is to show that some pattern always lowers the syndrome weight by a constant fraction of its size. The proof needs a combinatorial structure, the critical generator, whose existence uses unique-neighbour expansion on both sides of the graph, and a case analysis on its six parts. A second difficulty is that the decoder minimizes the syndrome weight, not the error weight, so the intermediate error can grow. Bounding that growth is what limits the guarantee to w0w_0w0​ rather than the distance.

Formalization scope

  • The graph is a relation adj : A → B → Prop on finite types, and HHH = bipMatrix adj : Matrix B A (ZMod 2).
  • The published TillichZemor.HGP.Setting is reused. The paper's HXH_XHX​ is TillichZemor.HGP.hz H H and its HZH_ZHZ​ is hx H H; the X/Z names are swapped relative to the 2009 paper, and this is checked against eq. (5) in a sanity file.
  • Qubits are (A × A) ⊕ (B × B), weights are hammingNorm, and CZ⊥\mathcal C_Z^\perpCZ⊥​ is CodingTheory.dualCode of ker H_Z.
  • Expansion constants are real and cardinalities are compared in R\mathbb RR. Distance statements are per-vector, so no ∞\infty∞-valued minimum distance is cast to a real number.
  • The decoder is defined once (Candidate, Step, Reach, DecodesCorrectly), generic in the syndrome and generator matrices. Its ratio is computed in Q\mathbb QQ.
  • Reach contains every state reachable under any tie-breaking. Correctness requires, at every reachable state, a further step while the syndrome is nonzero, and eO+ee_O + eeO​+e in the row space of the generator matrix once it is zero. Termination is automatic, because each step lowers a natural number.

Additions and omissions.

  • The hypothesis ΔA≥1\Delta_A \ge 1ΔA​≥1 is added throughout. With ΔA=0\Delta_A = 0ΔA​=0 the expansion conditions are vacuous, H=0H = 0H=0, and every error is invisible.
  • In Lemma 8 the vector e1e_1e1​ is required to be nonzero. With e1=0e_1 = 0e1​=0 the printed inequality reads 0≥00 \ge 00≥0.
  • Lemma 8 is posed in its first assertion only. The critical generator is taken with respect to a minimum-weight representative of the coset, as in Appendix B.
  • The clauses "runs in time linear in the code length" and "letting ΔA\Delta_AΔA​, ΔB\Delta_BΔB​ be fixed and allowing nA,nBn_A, n_BnA​,nB​ to grow" are not formalized. The goal holds for every finite graph meeting the hypotheses.

Trivializing formalizations ruled out. The goal names the paper's own decoder, not "there exists a decoder", which a brute-force coset decoder would satisfy. It quantifies over every run, not a single favourable one. It asserts both never-failing and correctness, not partial correctness alone. It uses HXH_XHX​ = hz H H, not the swapped matrix.

Welcome contributions. Proofs of the counting milestones (Lemma 3, Proposition 4, the column-weight bound, (19), (22)–(24)) are independent of one another. The distance bound of Tillich–Zémor, open on the platform, is the deepest dependency. Unique-neighbour expansion and the hypergraph-product distance bound are useful beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Leverrier, J.-P. Tillich, G. Zémor, Quantum expander codes, FOCS 2015; arXiv:1504.00822v1 (2015). https://arxiv.org/abs/1504.00822
  • J.-P. Tillich, G. Zémor, Quantum LDPC codes with positive rate and minimum distance proportional to the square root of the blocklength, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 60(2), 2014; arXiv:0903.0566. https://arxiv.org/abs/0903.0566
  • M. Sipser, D. A. Spielman, Expander codes, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 42(6), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1109/18.556667
  • O. Fawzi, A. Grospellier, A. Leverrier, Efficient decoding of random errors for quantum expander codes, STOC 2018; arXiv:1711.08351. https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.08351
  • O. Fawzi, A. Grospellier, A. Leverrier, Constant overhead quantum fault-tolerance with quantum expander codes, FOCS 2018; arXiv:1808.03821. https://arxiv.org/abs/1808.03821
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
AlgebraTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Fuzzy Extractors: How to Generate Strong Keys from Biometrics and Other Noisy Data 3: Shingling plus PinSketch Gives an Average-Case Secure Sketch for Edit DistanceResearch Paper

Why noisy secrets need sketches

Biometric readings, physical unclonable functions and typed passphrases share two defects as cryptographic keys: they are not uniformly distributed, and they are never reproduced exactly. Dodis, Ostrovsky, Reyzin and Smith (SIAM J. Comput. 38(1), 2008; preprint arXiv:cs/0602007v4) introduced the secure sketch to handle the second defect without destroying what entropy the secret has. A secure sketch publishes a string sss from which any reading close to the original recovers the original exactly, while the original keeps a guaranteed amount of min-entropy given sss. Many sources of noise are not substitutions but insertions and deletions: keystroke sequences, sequenced DNA, and any reading whose alignment drifts. For these the relevant distance is the edit distance, and §7 of the paper gives a secure sketch for it.

This mission formalizes that construction: Theorem 7.5 (p. 27), together with the results it is assembled from, PinSketch for set difference (Theorem 6.3, p. 23, with the BCH decoding argument of Appendix E) and the shingling embedding (Lemma 7.3, p. 25), glued by Lemma 4.7 (p. 15).

Setting

All logarithms are base 2. A random variable is identified with its distribution. The min-entropy of WWW is H∞(W)=−log⁡max⁡wPr⁡[W=w]\mathbf H_\infty(W) = -\log \max_w \Pr[W = w]H∞​(W)=−logmaxw​Pr[W=w], and the average min-entropy of WWW given III is H~∞(W∣I)=−log⁡∑imax⁡wPr⁡[W=w∧I=i]\tilde{\mathbf H}_\infty(W \mid I) = -\log \sum_i \max_w \Pr[W = w \wedge I = i]H~∞​(W∣I)=−log∑i​maxw​Pr[W=w∧I=i].

Let M\mathcal MM be a set with an integer-valued distance dis\mathrm{dis}dis. An average-case (M,m,m~,t)(\mathcal M, m, \tilde m, t)(M,m,m~,t)-secure sketch is a pair of randomized procedures (SS,Rec)(\mathsf{SS}, \mathsf{Rec})(SS,Rec) such that Rec(w′,SS(w))=w\mathsf{Rec}(w', \mathsf{SS}(w)) = wRec(w′,SS(w))=w whenever dis(w,w′)≤t\mathrm{dis}(w, w') \le tdis(w,w′)≤t, and H~∞(W∣SS(W),I)≥m~\tilde{\mathbf H}_\infty(W \mid \mathsf{SS}(W), I) \ge \tilde mH~∞​(W∣SS(W),I)≥m~ for every pair (W,I)(W, I)(W,I) with H~∞(W∣I)≥m\tilde{\mathbf H}_\infty(W \mid I) \ge mH~∞​(W∣I)≥m. The difference m−m~m - \tilde mm−m~ is the entropy loss.

Three spaces occur.

  1. EditF(n)\mathrm{Edit}_{\mathcal F}(n)EditF​(n): strings of length nnn over a finite alphabet F\mathcal FF of FFF letters, with distance the smallest number of character insertions and deletions turning one string into the other.
  2. SDif(U)\mathrm{SDif}(\mathcal U)SDif(U): all subsets of a finite universe U\mathcal UU, with distance ∣w△w′∣|w \triangle w'|∣w△w′∣.
  3. For PinSketch, U=GF(2μ)∗\mathcal U = GF(2^\mu)^*U=GF(2μ)∗, of size n=2μ−1n = 2^\mu - 1n=2μ−1. A subset www has syndrome entries si(w)=∑x∈wxis_i(w) = \sum_{x \in w} x^isi​(w)=∑x∈w​xi, computed in the field. PinSketch publishes (s1,s3,…,s2t−1)(s_1, s_3, \dots, s_{2t-1})(s1​,s3​,…,s2t−1​).

A ccc-shingle of a string is a length-ccc consecutive substring, and the ccc-shingling SHc(w)⊆Fc\mathrm{SH}_c(w) \subseteq \mathcal F^cSHc​(w)⊆Fc is the set of all of them. A map f:M1→M2f : \mathcal M_1 \to \mathcal M_2f:M1​→M2​ is a (t1,t2,λ)(t_1, t_2, \lambda)(t1​,t2​,λ)-biometric embedding with recovery information ggg if it maps distance ≤t1\le t_1≤t1​ to distance ≤t2\le t_2≤t2​, ggg takes at most 2λ2^\lambda2λ values, and www is determined by (f(w),g(w))(f(w), g(w))(f(w),g(w)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.5

For every finite alphabet F\mathcal FF with FFF letters, all n,c,t∈Nn, c, t \in \mathbb Nn,c,t∈N with 1≤c≤n1 \le c \le n1≤c≤n and every real mmm, there is an average-case secure sketch

(EditF(n), m, m−⌈nc⌉log⁡2(n−c+1)−(2c−1) t ⌈log⁡(Fc+1)⌉, t).\Big(\mathrm{Edit}_{\mathcal F}(n),\ m,\ m - \big\lceil \tfrac nc \big\rceil \log_2(n - c + 1) - (2c - 1)\,t\,\lceil \log(F^c + 1) \rceil,\ t\Big).(EditF​(n), m, m−⌈cn​⌉log2​(n−c+1)−(2c−1)t⌈log(Fc+1)⌉, t).

Milestones

  1. Set difference. Theorem 6.3: PinSketch is an average-case (SDif(U),m,m−tlog⁡(n+1),t)(\mathrm{SDif}(\mathcal U), m, m - t\log(n+1), t)(SDif(U),m,m−tlog(n+1),t) secure sketch. On the way:
    • the Appendix E identity s2i=si2s_{2i} = s_i^2s2i​=si2​;
    • the key equation S(z)σ(z)≡ω(z) mod zδS(z)\sigma(z) \equiv \omega(z) \bmod z^\deltaS(z)σ(z)≡ω(z)modzδ;
    • the uniqueness of ω/σ\omega/\sigmaω/σ among low-degree solutions;
    • Lemma 6.2: a word of weight ≤(δ−1)/2\le (\delta - 1)/2≤(δ−1)/2 is determined by its first δ−1\delta - 1δ−1 syndromes;
    • step 4 of Construction 6: decoding returns w△w′w \triangle w'w△w′.
  2. Edit distance into set difference. Lemma 7.3: SHc\mathrm{SH}_cSHc​ is an average-case (t1,(2c−1)t1,m1,m1−⌈n/c⌉log⁡2(n−c+1))(t_1, (2c-1)t_1, m_1, m_1 - \lceil n/c \rceil \log_2(n - c + 1))(t1​,(2c−1)t1​,m1​,m1​−⌈n/c⌉log2​(n−c+1)) biometric embedding. Its strengthening: SHc\mathrm{SH}_cSHc​ has recovery information gcg_cgc​ with λ=⌈n/c⌉log⁡2(n−c+1)\lambda = \lceil n/c \rceil \log_2(n - c + 1)λ=⌈n/c⌉log2​(n−c+1).
  3. Composition. Lemma 4.7: an embedding with recovery information turns an average-case sketch on M2\mathcal M_2M2​ for entropy m1−λm_1 - \lambdam1​−λ into one on M1\mathcal M_1M1​ for entropy m1m_1m1​, with the same residual entropy.

Significance

Theorem 7.5 gives a secure sketch for the edit metric whose entropy loss is, for a good choice of ccc, about 2.38 (tlog⁡F)1/3(nlog⁡n)2/32.38\,(t \log F)^{1/3}(n \log n)^{2/3}2.38(tlogF)1/3(nlogn)2/3 (p. 26). This is sublinear in nnn for ttt up to nearly linear, and for large ttt it improves on the low-distortion embedding approach of §7.1. Combined with a strong extractor it yields fuzzy extractors for edit distance (Theorem 7.4). PinSketch is itself the standard set-difference sketch, and Lemma 4.7 is a general transfer principle between metrics.

All results here are proved in the paper. None has a machine-checked proof that we know of. A complete development would also formalize a fragment of BCH decoding over GF(2μ)GF(2^\mu)GF(2μ), the syndrome-uniqueness theorem for binary BCH codes, and a combinatorial lemma on how insertions and deletions act on shingle sets. Each is reusable outside this mission.

Difficulty

There are two hard steps.

The first is Lemma 6.2. That a low-weight word is determined by δ−1\delta - 1δ−1 power sums is a statement about Vandermonde systems in characteristic 2, where the even power sums carry no new information. Newton's identities, the usual characteristic-zero route from power sums to elementary symmetric functions, fail there because they divide by integers that vanish in characteristic 2. The paper argues through the error-locator and error-evaluator polynomials instead.

The second is the distance clause of Lemma 7.3. An edit path between two strings of length nnn passes through strings of other lengths, so a per-step bound on the shingle sets must hold for strings of every length, including lengths below ccc.

The entropy statements involve average min-entropy over arbitrary auxiliary variables, and each needs the chain-rule bound of Lemma 2.2(b) in average-case form.

Formalization scope

  • Laws and kernels. Random variables are PMFs, and randomized procedures are kernels M → PMF S. The auxiliary variable of every average-case statement ranges over every ι : Type, not only finite types. Average min-entropy uses the joint form above. "Min-entropy mmm" means ≥m\ge m≥m, and mmm is real.
  • The field. The paper's GF(2m)GF(2^m)GF(2m) is any finite field K of characteristic 2, and its degree is renamed μ\muμ because mmm denotes min-entropy. Appendix E's large field F\mathcal FF is this K, distinct from §7's alphabet F\mathcal FF. Only binary words are formalized, as subsets (Finset Kˣ); the qqq-ary generality of Lemma E.1 is not.
  • The key equation. ω(z)\omega(z)ω(z) is written without division, congruence mod zδz^\deltazδ is divisibility by XδX^\deltaXδ, and the ratio identity is cross-multiplied.
  • Edit distance. It reuses the published weighted edit distance MasekPaterson.Shared.editDist with cost 1 per insertion or deletion and 2 per replacement, which equals the insertion/deletion count.
  • Shingling and gcg_cgc​. Shingling is defined for strings of all lengths. gcg_cgc​ is the concrete function of the proof, with 0-based indices.
  • Explicit hypotheses.
    • The Appendix E uniqueness statement takes the BCH designed distance to satisfy 1≤δ1 \le \delta1≤δ; at δ=0\delta=0δ=0 its congruence is vacuous and the conclusion can fail.
    • 1≤c≤n1 \le c \le n1≤c≤n, which the paper leaves implicit, is assumed in Lemma 7.3 and Theorem 7.5.
    • ϵ\epsilonϵ is dropped from Theorem 7.5, where it does not occur in the conclusion.
    • ⌈log⁡(Fc+1)⌉\lceil \log(F^c + 1) \rceil⌈log(Fc+1)⌉ is Nat.clog 2 (F ^ c + 1).
  • Misprints, read as corrected.
    • In Definition 7, f(w2)f(w_2)f(w2​) is read as f(w1′)f(w_1')f(w1′​).
    • In Lemma 4.7, Rec(w′,s)\mathsf{Rec}(w', s)Rec(w′,s) is read as Rec(f(w′),s)\mathsf{Rec}(f(w'), s)Rec(f(w′),s).
    • In Appendix E, w′(z)w'(z)w′(z) is read as ω′(z)\omega'(z)ω′(z).
  • Efficiency. Every claim of efficiency or running time (Lemma 6.2, Theorem 6.3, Theorem 7.5) is dropped: Mathlib has no complexity substrate, and no vacuous substitute is used.
  • Excluded trivializations. The distance is the insertion/deletion distance, not the Hamming distance on length-nnn strings (a different and easier problem). It is not a degenerate cost that is identically 0: insertion and deletion each cost 1.
  • Not posed here. Lemma 2.2(b) and Lemma 3.1 are posed in the companion mission on Hamming fuzzy extractors. Proofs that need them may restate them.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. The BCH part (Appendix E, Lemma 6.2) and the shingling part (Lemma 7.3) are independent.

Selected references

  • Y. Dodis, R. Ostrovsky, L. Reyzin, A. Smith, Fuzzy Extractors: How to Generate Strong Keys from Biometrics and Other Noisy Data, SIAM J. Comput. 38(1):97–139, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/060651380 ; arXiv:cs/0602007v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0602007
  • J. H. van Lint, Introduction to Coding Theory, 2nd ed., Springer, 1992 (BCH codes and their decoding; the reference [vL92] of Appendix E).
  • A. Z. Broder, On the resemblance and containment of documents, Compression and Complexity of Sequences, IEEE, 1997 (shingling). https://doi.org/10.1109/SEQUEN.1997.666900
  • W. J. Masek, M. S. Paterson, A faster algorithm computing string edit distances, J. Comput. System Sci. 20(1):18–31, 1980 (the weighted edit distance reused here). https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(80)90002-1
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

I-Divergence Geometry of Probability Distributions and Minimization Problems 2: Under Moment Constraints the I-Projection Exists at Every Interior Point and Has Exponential-Family DensityResearch Paper

Minimum discrimination information under moment constraints

Given a reference probability distribution RRR and a set E\mathcal EE of probability distributions, the minimum discrimination information problem asks for the member of E\mathcal EE closest to RRR in Kullback–Leibler divergence. It is the basis of Kullback's information-theoretic approach to statistics (Kullback 1959), of the maximum-entropy principle of statistical physics (Jaynes 1957), and of large-deviation theory, where Sanov's theorem identifies the rate function of an empirical distribution with exactly this minimum. The most common constraint sets are defined by prescribed expectations ∫fi dP=ai\int f_i\,dP = a_i∫fi​dP=ai​, and the classical answer is that the minimizer is an exponential family member, with density cexp⁡∑itific\exp\sum_i t_i f_icexp∑i​ti​fi​ with respect to RRR.

That answer was usually justified by Lagrange multipliers, which presuppose that a minimizer exists. Csiszár's paper (Ann. Probab. 1975) treats the problem geometrically, with I-divergence in the role of squared Euclidean distance, and its last result, Theorem 3.3, proves existence and the exponential form at once for unbounded constraint functions, under a hypothesis on the exponential moments of the fif_ifi​.

Timeline:

  • 1959: Kullback formulates the minimum discrimination information theorem: an element of E\mathcal EE of exponential form is the minimizer (a sufficient condition).
  • 1966: Kullback and Khairat (Ann. Math. Statist. 37, 1966) refine the sufficient condition.
  • 1972: Čencov proves existence of exponential-form minimizers under general conditions (Statistical Decision Rules and Optimal Inference, Theorem 23.1).
  • 1975: Csiszár proves Theorem 3.3 by the minimizing-sequence method of his Theorem 2.1; a first version of the paper assumed TR=EkT_R = E^kTR​=Ek, weakened to "TRT_RTR​ open" after Čencov's work.

Setting

All distributions (PD's) live on one measurable space (X,X)(X,\mathcal X)(X,X). The I-divergence of PPP from QQQ is

I(P∥Q)=∫log⁡pQ dP  if P≪Q,I(P∥Q)=+∞  otherwise,I(P\|Q)=\int \log p_Q\,dP\ \text{ if } P\ll Q,\qquad I(P\|Q)=+\infty\ \text{ otherwise},I(P∥Q)=∫logpQ​dP  if P≪Q,I(P∥Q)=+∞  otherwise,

where pQp_QpQ​ is the density of PPP with respect to QQQ; it takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and vanishes only for P=QP=QP=Q. The variation distance is ∣P−Q∣=∫∣pR−qR∣ dR|P-Q|=\int|p_R-q_R|\,dR∣P−Q∣=∫∣pR​−qR​∣dR for any PD RRR dominating both. If E\mathcal EE is a convex set of PD's containing some PPP with I(P∥R)<∞I(P\|R)<\inftyI(P∥R)<∞, a Q∈EQ\in\mathcal EQ∈E with

I(Q∥R)=min⁡P∈EI(P∥R)I(Q\|R)=\min_{P\in\mathcal E} I(P\|R)I(Q∥R)=P∈Emin​I(P∥R)

is the I-projection of RRR on E\mathcal EE.

Fix real-valued measurable functions f1,…,fkf_1,\dots,f_kf1​,…,fk​ on XXX. For a=(a1,…,ak)∈Eka=(a_1,\dots,a_k)\in E^ka=(a1​,…,ak​)∈Ek (Euclidean kkk-space) the moment set E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) is the set of PD's PPP with ∫fi dP=ai\int f_i\,dP=a_i∫fi​dP=ai​, i=1,…,ki=1,\dots,ki=1,…,k. Further:

  • ARA_RAR​ is the set of a∈Eka\in E^ka∈Ek for which E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) contains some PPP with I(P∥R)<∞I(P\|R)<\inftyI(P∥R)<∞;
  • TR={t∈Ek: exp⁡∑itifi is R-integrable}T_R=\{t\in E^k:\ \exp\sum_i t_i f_i \text{ is } R\text{-integrable}\}TR​={t∈Ek: exp∑i​ti​fi​ is R-integrable}, (3.16);
  • F(a)=inf⁡P∈E(a)I(P∥R)F(a)=\inf_{P\in\mathcal E(a)} I(P\|R)F(a)=infP∈E(a)​I(P∥R), (3.18), the optimal value as a function of the constraint levels.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3

If TRT_RTR​ is open in EkE^kEk, then for every point aaa of the interior of ARA_RAR​ the I-projection QQQ of RRR on E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) exists and

qR(x)=cexp⁡∑i=1ktifi(x)R-a.e.,q_R(x)=c\exp\sum_{i=1}^k t_i f_i(x)\qquad R\text{-a.e.},qR​(x)=cexpi=1∑k​ti​fi​(x)R-a.e.,

for some constant ccc and some t∈Ekt\in E^kt∈Ek.

Milestones

  1. (2.2), the parallelogram identity: I(Pm∥R)+I(Pn∥R)=2I(Pm+Pn2∥R)+I(Pm∥Pm+Pn2)+I(Pn∥Pm+Pn2)I(P_m\|R)+I(P_n\|R)=2I(\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2\|R)+I(P_m\|\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2)+I(P_n\|\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2)I(Pm​∥R)+I(Pn​∥R)=2I(2Pm​+Pn​​∥R)+I(Pm​∥2Pm​+Pn​​)+I(Pn​∥2Pm​+Pn​​).
  2. (2.4): a minimizing sequence PnP_nPn​ in a convex set converges in variation to a PD Q≪RQ\ll RQ≪R (closedness of the set is not used).
  3. Lemma 3.1: if etfe^{tf}etf is QQQ-integrable for small ∣t∣|t|∣t∣, then I(Pn∥Q)→0I(P_n\|Q)\to0I(Pn​∥Q)→0 implies ∫f dPn→∫f dQ\int f\,dP_n\to\int f\,dQ∫fdPn​→∫fdQ.
  4. (3.18): ARA_RAR​ is convex and FFF is finite and convex on ARA_RAR​.
  5. (3.19): at an interior point aaa of ARA_RAR​ there is ttt with F(b)≥F(a)+∑iti(bi−ai)F(b)\ge F(a)+\sum_i t_i(b_i-a_i)F(b)≥F(a)+∑i​ti​(bi​−ai​) for all b∈ARb\in A_Rb∈AR​.
  6. Remark, p. 158: FFF is differentiable at interior points of ARA_RAR​, and grad⁡F(a)=t\operatorname{grad}F(a)=tgradF(a)=t, the parameter vector of the I-projection.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 gives existence of maximum-entropy (minimum discrimination information) distributions under finitely many moment constraints with unbounded constraint functions, which covers the usual exponential families of statistics (normal, gamma, Poisson moment constraints) where boundedness fails. It identifies the minimizer's form without assuming a minimizer exists, and the Remark identifies the natural parameters as the gradient of the optimal value, the sensitivity interpretation of Lagrange multipliers. These facts underlie the duality between moment and natural parameters of exponential families and the rate functions of Cramér and Sanov type.

The result is proved, in this paper and (under a slightly weaker hypothesis) by Čencov. None of it is formalized: Mathlib has the Kullback–Leibler divergence of measures (InformationTheory.klDiv) and tilted measures, but no I-projection, no existence theorem for constrained minimizers of KL divergence and no exponential-form characterization. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the existence and form theorem, together with the general steps it uses (the parallelogram identity, convergence of minimizing sequences in variation, continuity of exponential-moment expectations under KL convergence).

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the first step: the moment set E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) is convex but not closed in variation when the fif_ifi​ are unbounded, since ∫fi dP\int f_i\,dP∫fi​dP is not continuous in variation. A minimizing sequence therefore converges in variation to some QQQ (as in Theorem 2.1), but nothing places QQQ in E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a): mass can escape to where ∣fi∣|f_i|∣fi​∣ is large. Ruling this out needs quantitative control of I(Pn∥Q)I(P_n\|Q)I(Pn​∥Q), which in turn requires knowing the form of QQQ before knowing QQQ is feasible; the interplay with the convexity of FFF and the openness of TRT_RTR​ is where the work lies. A Lagrange-multiplier argument is not available: it presupposes a minimizer and differentiability that are part of the conclusion.

Formalization scope

  • Probability distributions are Measure X with IsProbabilityMeasure; the I-divergence is Mathlib's klDiv : ℝ≥0∞, which for probability measures equals (1.1) with the conventions log⁡0=−∞\log 0=-\inftylog0=−∞, log⁡a0=+∞\log\frac a0=+\inftylog0a​=+∞, 0⋅(±∞)=00\cdot(\pm\infty)=00⋅(±∞)=0.
  • The variation distance uses P+QP+QP+Q as dominating measure (the page allows any dominating PD; the value is the same).
  • The I-projection carries I(Q∥R)<∞I(Q\|R)<\inftyI(Q∥R)<∞ explicitly: the page defines it only when E\mathcal EE meets {P:I(P∥R)<∞}\{P: I(P\|R)<\infty\}{P:I(P∥R)<∞}.
  • E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) requires PPP-integrability of every fif_ifi​, so the constraint integrals are genuine. EkE^kEk is Fin k → ℝ with its product (Euclidean) topology; "inner point" is the topological interior. k=0k=0k=0 is allowed.
  • FFF is an infimum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (equal to ∞\infty∞ outside ARA_RAR​); statements use its real value only on ARA_RAR​, where it is finite. (3.18) prints I(P∥Q)I(P\|Q)I(P∥Q); the reference measure is RRR, as the definition of ARA_RAR​ and the proof show. (3.16) prints (t1,…,tn)(t_1,\dots,t_n)(t1​,…,tn​) for (t1,…,tk)(t_1,\dots,t_k)(t1​,…,tk​).
  • Densities are Radon–Nikodym derivatives and the form (3.2) is an RRR-almost-everywhere identity with no exceptional set of positive measure.
  • Lemma 3.1 asserts that fff is PnP_nPn​-integrable for large nnn as well as the convergence, so that ∫f dPn\int f\,dP_n∫fdPn​ is not a default value.
  • Trivializing readings are excluded: the goal asserts existence of the I-projection rather than assuming it, TRT_RTR​ is an integrability set (not a set where a junk integral is finite), and the infimum is never a real sInf over a possibly empty set.

A complete development needs: Radon–Nikodym calculus for klDiv (the identity (2.6) I(P∥R)−I(P∥Q)=∫log⁡qR dPI(P\|R)-I(P\|Q)=\int\log q_R\,dPI(P∥R)−I(P∥Q)=∫logqR​dP), Pinsker's inequality (available on the platform as a reference item), lower semicontinuity of klDiv under convergence in variation, completeness of the space of PD's in variation, and supporting hyperplanes of finite-dimensional convex functions. The KL parallelogram identity, Lemma 3.1 and the variation-distance facts are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions on any milestone, and on these infrastructure lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • I. Csiszár, I-divergence geometry of probability distributions and minimization problems, Ann. Probab. 3(1), 146–158, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996454
  • S. Kullback, Information Theory and Statistics, Wiley, 1959.
  • S. Kullback and M. A. Khairat, A note on minimum discrimination information, Ann. Math. Statist. 37, 279–280, 1966.
  • E. T. Jaynes, Information theory and statistical mechanics, Phys. Rev. 106, 620–630, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.106.620
  • N. N. Čencov, Statistical Decision Rules and Optimal Inference (Russian), Nauka, 1972; English translation, American Mathematical Society, 1982.
  • I. N. Sanov, On the probability of large deviations of random variables (Russian), Mat. Sbornik 42, 11–44, 1957.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
Quantum InformationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Shadow Tomography of Quantum States 3: Shadow Tomography Needs Ω(min{D², log M}/ε²) CopiesResearch Paper

Why count copies of a quantum state

A mixed state of a DDD-dimensional quantum system is a D×DD\times DD×D positive semidefinite matrix ρ\rhoρ of trace 111. Writing ρ\rhoρ down takes about D2D^2D2 real numbers, and DDD is exponential in the number of qubits, so learning ρ\rhoρ in full is expensive. Holevo's theorem and the random access code bounds of Ambainis, Nayak, Ta-Shma and Vazirani say that an nnn-qubit state carries far fewer usable classical bits than its 2n2^n2n amplitudes suggest. Shadow tomography, introduced by S. Aaronson (arXiv:1711.01053), makes this quantitative: given MMM known two-outcome measurements E1,…,EME_1,\dots,E_ME1​,…,EM​, how many copies of an unknown ρ\rhoρ are needed to estimate every acceptance probability Tr⁡(Eiρ)\operatorname{Tr}(E_i\rho)Tr(Ei​ρ) to within ε\varepsilonε?

Aaronson shows that O~(log⁡4M⋅log⁡D/ε4)\widetilde O(\log^4 M\cdot\log D/\varepsilon^4)O(log4M⋅logD/ε4) copies suffice, polylogarithmic in MMM and DDD. The question this mission addresses is the converse: how many copies are necessary. Section 6 of the paper proves two lower bounds. Theorem 16 gives Ω(min⁡{D,log⁡M}/ε2)\Omega(\min\{D,\log M\}/\varepsilon^2)Ω(min{D,logM}/ε2) even when ρ\rhoρ and the EiE_iEi​ are diagonal (a classical distribution). Theorem 19, the goal here, strengthens the dimension term to D2D^2D2 for genuinely quantum states.

Timeline:

  • 2016: full tomography of a DDD-dimensional state to trace-distance accuracy ε\varepsilonε needs Θ(D2/ε2)\Theta(D^2/\varepsilon^2)Θ(D2/ε2) copies up to logarithmic factors, with upper and lower bounds by O'Donnell and Wright (arXiv:1508.01907) and Haah, Harrow, Ji, Wu and Yu (arXiv:1508.01797).
  • 2017–2018: Aaronson poses shadow tomography (Problem 1), proves the polylogarithmic upper bound (Theorem 2), and proves the lower bounds of Theorems 16 and 19.
  • 2020 onward: classical shadows (Huang, Kueng and Preskill, arXiv:2002.08953) and later shadow-tomography algorithms study the same estimation task with other measurement models and improved upper bounds.

Setting

Fix a dimension DDD. A two-outcome measurement is a D×DD\times DD×D Hermitian matrix EEE with 0⪯E⪯I0\preceq E\preceq I0⪯E⪯I; it accepts ρ\rhoρ with probability Tr⁡(Eρ)\operatorname{Tr}(E\rho)Tr(Eρ). The tensor power ρ⊗k\rho^{\otimes k}ρ⊗k is the Dk×DkD^k\times D^kDk×Dk matrix of kkk independent copies. A strategy using kkk copies is a measurement of ρ⊗k\rho^{\otimes k}ρ⊗k with finitely many outcomes ω∈Ω\omega\in\Omegaω∈Ω, given by positive semidefinite matrices Πω\Pi_\omegaΠω​ with ∑ωΠω=I\sum_\omega\Pi_\omega = I∑ω​Πω​=I, together with outputs b(ω)=(b1(ω),…,bM(ω))b(\omega)=(b_1(\omega),\dots,b_M(\omega))b(ω)=(b1​(ω),…,bM​(ω)). It succeeds on ρ\rhoρ when, with probability at least 2/32/32/3 over ω\omegaω, ∣bi(ω)−Tr⁡(Eiρ)∣≤ε|b_i(\omega)-\operatorname{Tr}(E_i\rho)|\le\varepsilon∣bi​(ω)−Tr(Ei​ρ)∣≤ε for every i∈[M]i\in[M]i∈[M].

The proof works with these further objects, all defined in the mission:

  • an orthogonal projection P\mathbb PP onto an N/2N/2N/2-dimensional subspace of CN\mathbb C^NCN (Hermitian, idempotent, trace N/2N/2N/2);
  • ρP:=2NP\rho_{\mathbb P} := \tfrac2N\mathbb PρP​:=N2​P, the maximally mixed state on that subspace;
  • σP,ε:=(1−6ε) I/N+6ε ρP\sigma_{\mathbb P,\varepsilon} := (1-6\varepsilon)\,\mathbb I/N + 6\varepsilon\,\rho_{\mathbb P}σP,ε​:=(1−6ε)I/N+6ερP​;
  • the von Neumann entropy in bits, S(ρ)=−∑xλxlog⁡2λxS(\rho) = -\sum_x\lambda_x\log_2\lambda_xS(ρ)=−∑x​λx​log2​λx​ over the eigenvalues of ρ\rhoρ;
  • for states σ1,…,σK\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_Kσ1​,…,σK​ and ζ:=1K∑iσi⊗T\zeta := \tfrac1K\sum_i\sigma_i^{\otimes T}ζ:=K1​∑i​σi⊗T​, the quantum mutual information with the classical index, I(ζ;i):=S(ζ)−1K∑iS(σi⊗T)I(\zeta;i) := S(\zeta) - \tfrac1K\sum_i S(\sigma_i^{\otimes T})I(ζ;i):=S(ζ)−K1​∑i​S(σi⊗T​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 19 (p. 23)

There are a universal constant c>0c>0c>0 and a threshold N0N_0N0​ such that for all D≥N0D\ge N_0D≥N0​, all MMM with log⁡2M≥N02\log_2 M\ge N_0^2log2​M≥N02​ and all 0<ε≤160<\varepsilon\le\tfrac160<ε≤61​, some measurements E1,…,EME_1,\dots,E_ME1​,…,EM​ on CD\mathbb C^DCD force every strategy that succeeds on every mixed state to use

k  ≥  c min⁡{D2, log⁡2M}ε2k \;\ge\; c\,\frac{\min\{D^2,\ \log_2 M\}}{\varepsilon^2}k≥cε2min{D2, log2​M}​

copies. The goal fixes only the shape Ω(min⁡{D2,log⁡M}/ε2)\Omega(\min\{D^2,\log M\}/\varepsilon^2)Ω(min{D2,logM}/ε2), not a constant, so a sharper constant does not invalidate it.

Milestones (pp. 23–24)

The milestones follow the proof, which sets N:=⌊min⁡{D,log⁡2M}⌋N:=\lfloor\min\{D,\sqrt{\log_2 M}\}\rfloorN:=⌊min{D,log2​M​}⌋ and K:=⌊cN2⌋K:=\lfloor c^{N^2}\rfloorK:=⌊cN2⌋:

  1. Eq. (2): for some c∈(1,2)c\in(1,2)c∈(1,2) and all large even NNN there are KKK projections Pi\mathbb P_iPi​ of rank N/2N/2N/2 with ∣Tr⁡(Piρj)−12∣≤112|\operatorname{Tr}(\mathbb P_i\rho_j)-\tfrac12|\le\tfrac1{12}∣Tr(Pi​ρj​)−21​∣≤121​ for all i≠ji\ne ji=j.
  2. Tr⁡(Piσi)=12+3ε\operatorname{Tr}(\mathbb P_i\sigma_i) = \tfrac12+3\varepsilonTr(Pi​σi​)=21​+3ε.
  3. ∣Tr⁡(Pjσi)−12∣=6ε∣Tr⁡(Pjρi)−12∣≤ε2|\operatorname{Tr}(\mathbb P_j\sigma_i)-\tfrac12| = 6\varepsilon|\operatorname{Tr}(\mathbb P_j\rho_i)-\tfrac12|\le\tfrac\varepsilon2∣Tr(Pj​σi​)−21​∣=6ε∣Tr(Pj​ρi​)−21​∣≤2ε​ for i≠ji\neq ji=j.
  4. The exact entropy S(σi)=log⁡2N−[1−h(12+3ε)]S(\sigma_i) = \log_2 N - [1-h(\tfrac12+3\varepsilon)]S(σi​)=log2​N−[1−h(21​+3ε)], with hhh the binary entropy, and the bound S(σi)≥log⁡2N−Cε2S(\sigma_i)\ge\log_2 N - C\varepsilon^2S(σi​)≥log2​N−Cε2.
  5. I(ζ;i)≤T(log⁡2N−S(σi))I(\zeta;i)\le T(\log_2 N - S(\sigma_i))I(ζ;i)≤T(log2​N−S(σi​)) when all σi\sigma_iσi​ have equal entropy.

Significance

Theorem 19 shows that the log⁡M\log MlogM dependence of shadow tomography cannot be removed, and that for M≥2D2M\ge 2^{D^2}M≥2D2 shadow tomography is as hard as full tomography: as MMM grows the bound becomes the Ω(D2/ε2)\Omega(D^2/\varepsilon^2)Ω(D2/ε2) tomography lower bound, which it therefore contains. Compared with the classical Theorem 16, it shows that quantum states need quadratically more copies in the dimension term. The 1/ε21/\varepsilon^21/ε2 factor matches the upper bound of Proposition 20 for the decision version, so the ε\varepsilonε-dependence of the lower bound is tight in that setting.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof that we know of. Formalizing the argument requires von Neumann entropy and its additivity on tensor products, the bound S≤log⁡2(dimension)S\le\log_2(\text{dimension})S≤log2​(dimension), a Holevo-plus-Fano step that turns successful estimation into mutual information, and the existence of many nearly orthogonal half-dimensional subspaces. Each is reusable well beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt adapts the classical argument of Theorem 16, which hides KKK subsets of [N][N][N] in a biased distribution. Quantum states allow exp⁡(Ω(N2))\exp(\Omega(N^2))exp(Ω(N2)) hidden subspaces instead of exp⁡(Ω(N))\exp(\Omega(N))exp(Ω(N)) subsets, which is where D2D^2D2 comes from, but two steps change character. First, the hiding family must be shown to exist: Eq. (2) is a concentration statement for random subspaces, and the lemma the paper cites for it (Lemma 18) is misstated, as explained below. Second, the information bound must be carried out for quantum states: the step "learning iii from ζ\zetaζ requires I(ζ;i)≥log⁡2KI(\zeta;i)\ge\log_2 KI(ζ;i)≥log2​K" needs Holevo's bound and Fano's inequality, adjusted for success probability 2/32/32/3 rather than certainty.

Formalization scope

Matrices are Matrix n n ℂ over a finite index type; the goal uses n=Fin Dn=\texttt{Fin } Dn=Fin D. Conventions committed to:

  • A mixed state is the published WildeQIT.IsDensityOperator (positive semidefinite, trace 111), reused as a reference item.
  • A strategy is a finite-outcome POVM on ρ⊗k\rho^{\otimes k}ρ⊗k, indexed by Fin k → Fin D, with deterministic outputs b(ω)∈RMb(\omega)\in\mathbb R^Mb(ω)∈RM; classical randomness can be absorbed into the outcome set.
  • Probabilities and traces are real parts of complex traces. Entropies use log⁡2\log_2log2​; Lean's log⁡20=0\log_2 0 = 0log2​0=0 gives 0log⁡0=00\log 0=00log0=0, and vnEntropy returns 000 on non-Hermitian matrices, which no statement uses.
  • Added to the goal: the threshold N0N_0N0​ on DDD and log⁡2M\sqrt{\log_2 M}log2​M​ (for D=1D=1D=1, k=0k=0k=0 succeeds) and ε≤16\varepsilon\le\tfrac16ε≤61​ (for ε≥12\varepsilon\ge\tfrac12ε≥21​, the output bi=12b_i=\tfrac12bi​=21​ succeeds with k=0k=0k=0). Problem 1's bi∈[0,1]b_i\in[0,1]bi​∈[0,1] is dropped, an equivalent statement under clipping.
  • The measurements are chosen before the strategy (for every strategy, the same EEE), which is the meaning of a lower bound.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal does not mention NNN, KKK, Pi\mathbb P_iPi​, σi\sigma_iσi​ or ζ\zetaζ, the success condition quantifies over all mixed states rather than a vacuous class, and the measurements are fixed before the strategy.

Not drafted:

  • Lemma 18 (pp. 22–23) is false as printed. Since ES[ρS]=I/N\mathbb E_S[\rho_S] = \mathbb I/NES​[ρS​]=I/N, Tr⁡(PTρS)\operatorname{Tr}(\mathbb P_T\rho_S)Tr(PT​ρS​) concentrates at 1/21/21/2, not 1/41/41/4. The proof needs only Eq. (2), which is centred correctly and is a milestone.
  • Eq. (2) is stated as existence, not as "probability 1−o(1)1-o(1)1−o(1) over Haar-random subspaces", because Mathlib has no Haar measure on the unitary group or the Grassmannian; existence is what the proof uses.
  • "I(ζ;i)I(\zeta;i)I(ζ;i) must be at least log⁡2K\log_2 Klog2​K" is not drafted: as stated it is imprecise for success probability 2/32/32/3, and the correct Holevo–Fano form is left to the solver.
  • The final combination I(ζ;i)=O(Tε2)I(\zeta;i)=O(T\varepsilon^2)I(ζ;i)=O(Tε2), T=Ω(N2/ε2)T=\Omega(N^2/\varepsilon^2)T=Ω(N2/ε2) is the goal's last step.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones; a Haar-measure version of Eq. (2); von Neumann entropy infrastructure (additivity, the dimension bound, concavity); Holevo's bound and Fano's inequality for finite-dimensional states.

Selected references

  • S. Aaronson, Shadow Tomography of Quantum States, arXiv:1711.01053v2, 2018; STOC 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.01053
  • P. Hayden, D. Leung, A. Winter, Aspects of generic entanglement, Comm. Math. Phys. 265, 2006. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0407049
  • R. O'Donnell, J. Wright, Efficient quantum tomography, STOC 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1508.01907
  • J. Haah, A. W. Harrow, Z. Ji, X. Wu, N. Yu, Sample-optimal tomography of quantum states, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 63, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1508.01797
  • A. Ambainis, A. Nayak, A. Ta-Shma, U. Vazirani, Dense quantum coding and quantum finite automata, J. ACM 49, 2002. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9804043
  • H.-Y. Huang, R. Kueng, J. Preskill, Predicting many properties of a quantum system from very few measurements, Nature Physics 16, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.08953
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
Quantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

An Intuitive Proof of the Data Processing Inequality: Conditional von Neumann Entropy Cannot Increase Under Partial Trace, via the Smooth Min-Entropy DPI and the Quantum AEPResearch Paper

Motivation

The data processing inequality (DPI) for the conditional von Neumann entropy says that discarding part of the side information cannot make a quantum system less uncertain: for every tripartite state ρABC\rho_{ABC}ρABC​,

H(A∣BC)ρ≤H(A∣B)ρ.H(A|BC)_\rho \le H(A|B)_\rho .H(A∣BC)ρ​≤H(A∣B)ρ​.

It is equivalent to strong subadditivity of the von Neumann entropy, proved by Lieb and Ruskai in 1973 (Lieb–Ruskai), and it underlies most of quantum Shannon theory: the converse bounds of channel coding, the monotonicity of mutual information under local operations, and the security analysis of quantum key distribution all reduce to it. The known proofs rest on operator convexity (Lieb's concavity theorem) or on other non-elementary matrix analysis.

Beaudry and Renner (arXiv:1107.0740v2, Quantum Inf. Comput. 12 (2012) 432) give a proof that avoids operator convexity entirely. It first proves the DPI for a one-shot quantity, the smooth min-entropy, where it follows almost directly from the definition, and then recovers the von Neumann statement through the quantum asymptotic equipartition property (QAEP) of Tomamichel, Colbeck and Renner (arXiv:0811.1221), for which the paper supplies a short self-contained proof.

Timeline. 1973: Lieb–Ruskai prove strong subadditivity. 2009: Tomamichel–Colbeck–Renner prove the QAEP with explicit convergence rates. 2010: Tomamichel–Colbeck–Renner establish the duality and data processing of smooth entropies (arXiv:0907.5238). 2011–2012: Beaudry–Renner assemble these into the route formalized here.

Setting

All Hilbert spaces are finite-dimensional, and all logarithms are base 2. A density matrix is a positive semidefinite matrix of trace one; S=(H)S_=(\mathcal H)S=​(H) is their set and S≤(H)S_\le(\mathcal H)S≤​(H) is the set of subnormalized states (positive semidefinite, trace at most one). A state on HA⊗HB\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_BHA​⊗HB​ is written ρAB\rho_{AB}ρAB​, and its marginal ρB=Tr⁡AρAB\rho_B=\operatorname{Tr}_A\rho_{AB}ρB​=TrA​ρAB​. The von Neumann entropy is H(A)ρ=−Tr⁡ρAlog⁡ρAH(A)_\rho=-\operatorname{Tr}\rho_A\log\rho_AH(A)ρ​=−TrρA​logρA​ and the conditional entropy H(A∣B)ρ=H(AB)ρ−H(B)ρH(A|B)_\rho=H(AB)_\rho-H(B)_\rhoH(A∣B)ρ​=H(AB)ρ​−H(B)ρ​.

The min-entropy of AAA conditioned on BBB is

Hmin⁡(A∣B)ρ=max⁡{λ∈R:∃ σB∈S=(HB), ρAB≤2−λ 1A⊗σB}.H_{\min}(A|B)_\rho=\max\{\lambda\in\mathbb R : \exists\,\sigma_B\in S_=(\mathcal H_B),\ \rho_{AB}\le 2^{-\lambda}\,\mathbb 1_A\otimes\sigma_B\}.Hmin​(A∣B)ρ​=max{λ∈R:∃σB​∈S=​(HB​), ρAB​≤2−λ1A​⊗σB​}.

The purified distance between subnormalized states is P(ρ,σ)=1−Fˉ(ρ,σ)2P(\rho,\sigma)=\sqrt{1-\bar F(\rho,\sigma)^2}P(ρ,σ)=1−Fˉ(ρ,σ)2​, where Fˉ(ρ,σ)=∥ρσ∥1+(1−Tr⁡ρ)(1−Tr⁡σ)\bar F(\rho,\sigma)=\|\sqrt\rho\sqrt\sigma\|_1+\sqrt{(1-\operatorname{Tr}\rho)(1-\operatorname{Tr}\sigma)}Fˉ(ρ,σ)=∥ρ​σ​∥1​+(1−Trρ)(1−Trσ)​ is the generalized fidelity. The smooth min-entropy maximizes the min-entropy over the ball Bε(ρ)={ρ′∈S≤:P(ρ,ρ′)≤ε}\mathcal B^\varepsilon(\rho)=\{\rho'\in S_\le : P(\rho,\rho')\le\varepsilon\}Bε(ρ)={ρ′∈S≤​:P(ρ,ρ′)≤ε}:

Hmin⁡ε(A∣B)ρ=max⁡ρ′∈Bε(ρAB)Hmin⁡(A∣B)ρ′.H^\varepsilon_{\min}(A|B)_\rho=\max_{\rho'\in\mathcal B^\varepsilon(\rho_{AB})}H_{\min}(A|B)_{\rho'} .Hminε​(A∣B)ρ​=ρ′∈Bε(ρAB​)max​Hmin​(A∣B)ρ′​.

For nnn independent copies, ρ⊗n\rho^{\otimes n}ρ⊗n is a state on An⊗BnA^n\otimes B^nAn⊗Bn. The non-conditional entropies Hmin⁡(A)ρ=−log⁡∥ρ∥∞H_{\min}(A)_\rho=-\log\|\rho\|_\inftyHmin​(A)ρ​=−log∥ρ∥∞​, H0(A)ρ=log⁡rank⁡ρH_0(A)_\rho=\log\operatorname{rank}\rhoH0​(A)ρ​=logrankρ and Hα(A)ρ=11−αlog⁡Tr⁡ραH_\alpha(A)_\rho=\frac{1}{1-\alpha}\log\operatorname{Tr}\rho^\alphaHα​(A)ρ​=1−α1​logTrρα, and their smoothings over the same ball, appear in the intermediate lemmas.

Formalization targets

Goal: the von Neumann entropy DPI (Theorem 3)

H(A∣BC)ρ≤H(A∣B)ρ(ρ∈S=(HABC)).H(A|BC)_\rho\le H(A|B)_\rho\qquad(\rho\in S_=(\mathcal H_{ABC})).H(A∣BC)ρ​≤H(A∣B)ρ​(ρ∈S=​(HABC​)).

The goal is the existing Open platform theorem QAlgorithms.Papers.Independent.Gap48.P20.strongSubadditivity, which states 0≤H(CB)+H(RB)−H(B)−H(CRB)0\le H(CB)+H(RB)-H(B)-H(CRB)0≤H(CB)+H(RB)−H(B)−H(CRB) for every density matrix on C⊗R⊗BC\otimes R\otimes BC⊗R⊗B; with A↦CA\mapsto CA↦C, C↦RC\mapsto RC↦R this is exactly H(ABC)+H(B)≤H(AB)+H(BC)H(ABC)+H(B)\le H(AB)+H(BC)H(ABC)+H(B)≤H(AB)+H(BC), the expanded form of the inequality above. It is referenced, not restated.

The smooth min-entropy DPI (Theorem 1)

Hmin⁡ε(A∣BC)ρ≤Hmin⁡ε(A∣B)ρ.H^\varepsilon_{\min}(A|BC)_\rho\le H^\varepsilon_{\min}(A|B)_\rho .Hminε​(A∣BC)ρ​≤Hminε​(A∣B)ρ​.

The QAEP (Theorem 2)

lim⁡ε→0lim⁡n→∞1nHmin⁡ε(An∣Bn)ρ⊗n=H(A∣B)ρ,\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}\lim_{n\to\infty}\frac1n H^\varepsilon_{\min}(A^n|B^n)_{\rho^{\otimes n}}=H(A|B)_\rho ,ε→0lim​n→∞lim​n1​Hminε​(An∣Bn)ρ⊗n​=H(A∣B)ρ​,

split into the lower bound (Lemma 4.1) and the upper bound (Lemma 4.2). The milestones below them are the paper's own lemmas: monotonicity of the purified distance (Lemma A.1), Uhlmann's theorem (Theorem A.1, an existing Open platform theorem), the chain rule (Lemma 5.1), the Rényi lower bound (Lemma 5.2), the limit α→1\alpha\to1α→1 of Rényi entropies (Lemma B.2), the non-conditional QAEP for Hmin⁡εH^\varepsilon_{\min}Hminε​ and H0εH^\varepsilon_0H0ε​ (Lemmas 5.4, 5.5), the bound by a nearby conditional entropy (Lemma 5.6), the eigenvalue-alignment bound (Lemma A.2) and the almost-i.i.d. limit (Lemma B.1).

Significance

The DPI for the von Neumann entropy is the single most used inequality in quantum information theory, and strong subadditivity is the structural fact behind it. A machine-checked proof of it is a prerequisite for formalizing essentially any converse theorem of quantum Shannon theory. The QAEP, a milestone here, is independently the bridge between one-shot and asymptotic information theory: it is what makes smooth entropies the right finite-blocklength replacements for the von Neumann entropy.

Both strong subadditivity and the QAEP are proved results; nothing in this mission is open mathematics. What the mission adds is a machine-checked route through one-shot entropies. The goal theorem is Open on the platform: it is posed but has no accepted proof. The milestones of this route, from the smooth min-entropy DPI to the QAEP, are not formalized anywhere on the platform. A completed development would also leave reusable pieces: monotonicity of the purified distance, the chain rule for smooth entropies, and the i.i.d. limits of smooth entropies.

Difficulty

Theorem 1 is short once the purified distance is known to be monotone under trace non-increasing completely positive maps, and that monotonicity (Lemma A.1) is itself the first real obstacle, since it is a statement about the generalized fidelity of subnormalized states. The bulk of the work is the QAEP. Its lower half needs a chain rule that trades conditional for non-conditional entropies at the cost of tripling the smoothing parameter, then precise i.i.d. limits of the non-conditional smooth entropies. The upper half needs a continuity statement for the conditional entropy of states that are only close to ρ⊗n\rho^{\otimes n}ρ⊗n, uniform in nnn after division by nnn. The tempting reading of the double limit as a single limit in nnn at fixed ε\varepsilonε is stronger than what the paper proves; the inner limit's existence is not established there.

Formalization scope

States are complex matrices indexed by finite types; a bipartite state is a matrix on A × B, a tripartite one on A × (B × C) with B × C the conditioning system of H(A∣BC)H(A|BC)H(A∣BC). The smooth conditional min-entropy, the purified distance, the generalized fidelity, the conditional entropy H(A∣B)H(A|B)H(A∣B) and the grouped tensor power ρ⊗n\rho^{\otimes n}ρ⊗n on AnBnA^nB^nAnBn are the published definitions QAlgorithms_Papers_Independent_Information100_P67; the Rényi entropy and Tr⁡C\operatorname{Tr}_CTrC​ come from QAlgorithms_Papers_Independent_Dependency50_P35. Smooth entropies take values in the extended reals, so an empty ball gives −∞-\infty−∞ and a ball containing 000 gives +∞+\infty+∞.

A local definitions module adds the non-conditional entropies Hmin⁡H_{\min}Hmin​, Hmin⁡εH^\varepsilon_{\min}Hminε​, H0H_0H0​, H0εH^\varepsilon_0H0ε​, trace non-increasing Kraus families, and the conditional entropy (36) of a subnormalized state ρ~\tilde\rhoρ~​, 1Tr⁡ρ~max⁡σBTr⁡ρ~(log⁡(1⊗σB)−log⁡ρ~)\frac{1}{\operatorname{Tr}\tilde\rho}\max_{\sigma_B}\operatorname{Tr}\tilde\rho(\log(\mathbb 1\otimes\sigma_B)-\log\tilde\rho)Trρ~​1​maxσB​​Trρ~​(log(1⊗σB​)−logρ~​), with the maximum taken over positive definite σB\sigma_BσB​ so that Lean's convention log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0 cannot enter. The double limit lim⁡ε→0lim⁡n→∞\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}\lim_{n\to\infty}limε→0​limn→∞​ is read through two predicates: "L≤lim⁡lim⁡fL\le\lim\lim fL≤limlimf" means that for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there is ε0>0\varepsilon_0>0ε0​>0 with L−δ≤f(ε,n)L-\delta\le f(\varepsilon,n)L−δ≤f(ε,n) for all ε∈(0,ε0)\varepsilon\in(0,\varepsilon_0)ε∈(0,ε0​) and all large nnn, and "lim⁡lim⁡f≤L\lim\lim f\le Llimlimf≤L" is the mirror statement.

Trivializing encodings are ruled out: the smooth entropies are the published sup over the full subnormalized purified-distance ball, not free reals and not the ball {ρ}\{\rho\}{ρ}; ε\varepsilonε is quantified universally below ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ and is never allowed to depend on nnn; and the entropy of the nearby state in Lemma 5.6 is (36), not H(AB)−H(B)H(AB)-H(B)H(AB)−H(B).

The paper's Lemma 5.3, (30), is false as printed and is not posed: at ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 it states H0≤HαH_0\le H_\alphaH0​≤Hα​ for α<1\alpha<1α<1, the reverse of Rényi monotonicity, and ρ=diag⁡(0.9,0.1)\rho=\operatorname{diag}(0.9,0.1)ρ=diag(0.9,0.1), α=3/4\alpha=3/4α=3/4, ε=0.1\varepsilon=0.1ε=0.1 gives 1>0.86371>0.86371>0.8637. Lemma 5.5, which its proof serves, is true and is a milestone. Uhlmann's theorem (Theorem A.1) is the existing Open platform theorem Claimed50.P12.lemmaB_3.

Contributions of any milestone are welcome. The purified-distance monotonicity and the Rényi-limit lemmas are reusable well beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • N. J. Beaudry and R. Renner, An intuitive proof of the data processing inequality, Quantum Inf. Comput. 12 (2012) 432–441. https://arxiv.org/abs/1107.0740v2
  • E. H. Lieb and M. B. Ruskai, Proof of the strong subadditivity of quantum-mechanical entropy, J. Math. Phys. 14 (1973) 1938–1941. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1666274
  • M. Tomamichel, R. Colbeck and R. Renner, A fully quantum asymptotic equipartition property, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 55 (2009) 5840–5847. https://arxiv.org/abs/0811.1221
  • M. Tomamichel, R. Colbeck and R. Renner, Duality between smooth min- and max-entropies, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 56 (2010) 4674–4681. https://arxiv.org/abs/0907.5238
  • B. Schumacher, Quantum coding, Phys. Rev. A 51 (1995) 2738–2747. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.51.2738
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
Quantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Entropy and Optimal Decompositions of States Relative to a Maximal Commutative Subalgebra: Equivalent Characterizations of a Symmetric Optimal Pair for Transposition-Invariant Rank-Two StatesResearch Paper

Motivation

In finite dimensional quantum information, a state of a full matrix algebra can be restricted to a smaller algebra of observables. The resulting entropy depends on which observables are retained. For a maximal commutative subalgebra, the retained observables are equivalent to measurements in a fixed orthonormal basis. The restriction has an ordinary probability distribution, but the state before restriction can still contain coherence between basis vectors. Uhlmann studies how the entropy of this restricted state compares with the least average entropy obtainable from pure states whose mixture is the original state. This comparison is an instance of the entropy of a subalgebra introduced by Narnhofer and Thirring and developed in the setting of matrix algebras Uhlmann, pp. 2–4.

Symmetry can make that minimization more concrete. A unitary that swaps two basis projections acts on states and their decompositions. Uhlmann's Lemma 6 asks when a rank two state fixed by this swap has a distinguished two-state optimal decomposition, and relates that event to the geometry of a set on which the entropy roof is affine Uhlmann, pp. 8–11. The result is a specific connection between a physical symmetry, an optimization problem over pure states, and the extreme points of a convex set.

Setting

Let H=Cd\mathcal H=\mathbb C^dH=Cd with its standard basis ∣j⟩|j\rangle∣j⟩, and let C\mathcal CC be the diagonal algebra. Its minimal projections are Pj=∣j⟩⟨j∣P_j=|j\rangle\langle j|Pj​=∣j⟩⟨j∣. A state is represented by a positive semidefinite matrix DDD of trace one. A pure state has density matrix ∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣ for a unit vector ψ\psiψ. The state of C\mathcal CC obtained by restricting DDD records the diagonal probabilities DjjD_{jj}Djj​ Uhlmann, p. 4, equations (1)–(3).

Write s(x)=−xln⁡xs(x)=-x\ln xs(x)=−xlnx, with s(0)=0s(0)=0s(0)=0. The diagonal entropy is S~(D)=∑js(Djj)\widetilde S(D)=\sum_j s(D_{jj})S(D)=∑j​s(Djj​). The convex roof R(D)R(D)R(D) is the infimum of ∑kpkS~(ρk)\sum_k p_k\widetilde S(\rho_k)∑k​pk​S(ρk​) over finite decompositions D=∑kpkρkD=\sum_k p_k\rho_kD=∑k​pk​ρk​ into pure states with positive weights pkp_kpk​ summing to one. A decomposition attaining the infimum is optimal. Uhlmann's entropy of C\mathcal CC at DDD is HD=S~(D)−R(D)H_D=\widetilde S(D)-R(D)HD​=S(D)−R(D) Uhlmann, pp. 4–5, equations (4)–(7).

An affine functional lll supports RRR if l≤Rl\le Rl≤R on all states and equality holds at some state. Its contact set is Ω(l)={ν:R(ν)=l(ν)}\Omega(l)=\{\nu:R(\nu)=l(\nu)\}Ω(l)={ν:R(ν)=l(ν)}. Given DDD, define ΩD\Omega_DΩD​ as the intersection of all contact sets whose support functional touches RRR at DDD. This intersection is compact and convex, contains every pure state used by an optimal decomposition of DDD, and is a region on which RRR is affine Uhlmann, pp. 6–7, Lemma 3 and equation (10). A transposition UUU swaps two PjP_jPj​ and fixes the remaining minimal projections. It transforms a density matrix as D↦U∗DUD\mapsto U^*DUD↦U∗DU Uhlmann, p. 8.

Formalization targets

Goal: equivalent rank two conditions

For a rank two state DDD fixed by a transposition UUU, Uhlmann's Lemma 6 asserts equivalence of three statements:

(a)  D is the only U-invariant state in ΩD;(b)  D has an optimal decomposition into two different pure states, and some member of ΩD does not commute with U;(c)  Ext⁡(ΩD)={ρ,U∗ρU} for two distinct states.\begin{aligned} \text{(a)}\;&D\text{ is the only }U\text{-invariant state in }\Omega_D;\\ \text{(b)}\;&D\text{ has an optimal decomposition into two different pure states,}\ &\text{and some member of }\Omega_D\text{ does not commute with }U;\\ \text{(c)}\;&\operatorname{Ext}(\Omega_D)=\{\rho,U^*\rho U\}\text{ for two distinct states.} \end{aligned}(a)(b)(c)​D is the only U-invariant state in ΩD​;D has an optimal decomposition into two different pure states, Ext(ΩD​)={ρ,U∗ρU} for two distinct states.​and some member of ΩD​ does not commute with U;​

The milestone list follows the paper's supporting results: finite optimal decompositions with rank bounds (Lemma 1), comparison on an RRR-set (Lemma 2), compact supporting contact sets and their covering (Lemma 3), the intersection properties of ΩD\Omega_DΩD​ (the Corollary at equation (10)), zero entropy implying purity (Lemma 4), and the rank two support projection formula (equation (13)) Uhlmann, pp. 5–9. The goal preserves all three clauses of the printed equivalence.

Significance

When the equivalent conditions hold, the rank two state has an optimal decomposition using just two pure states, while the entire supporting contact set has only the two swapped extreme points. Thus the statement identifies circumstances under which the symmetry of a matrix state controls both the optimizer and the geometry of the convex roof. Uhlmann subsequently gives an explicit expression for R(D)R(D)R(D) under these conditions in equation (27), which is outside the present goal Uhlmann, pp. 10–12.

The result is proved in the cited paper; the remaining task here is a machine checked development of the definitions, supporting results, and equivalence. The local Lean files state the targets and compile with proof placeholders; they do not constitute machine checked proofs of the milestones or goal. A completed development would also supply reusable finite dimensional infrastructure for pure state roofs, supporting contact sets, and optimal decompositions of density matrices.

Difficulty

An optimal pair alone does not immediately determine every extreme point of ΩD\Omega_DΩD​. That set is an intersection of all contact sets, and may be larger than the convex hull of the pure states seen in one decomposition. The paper itself says equality with that smaller convex hull remains a conjecture in general Uhlmann, p. 7, Remark and footnote 3. Its printed discussion of the implication from the optimal pair to the two extreme points does not resolve this general distinction. The equivalence is therefore retained exactly as printed and the gap is recorded for review.

Formalization scope

Matrices are indexed by Fin d, so the paper's indices 1,…,d1,\ldots,d1,…,d become 0,…,d−10,\ldots,d-10,…,d−1. The state predicate reuses the published QAlgorithms.IsDensityMatrix. Pure states are unit-vector outer products. Finite decompositions use strictly positive real weights and complex matrix mixtures. Real.negMulLog supplies natural logarithms and s(0)=0s(0)=0s(0)=0. The real infimum defining RRR is applied only to states; there the decomposition set is nonempty and its costs are bounded below. Off the state space, Lean's real infimum can return a default value that has no meaning in the paper.

Supporting affine functionals are represented by Hermitian matrices via lA(ν)=Re⁡Tr⁡(νA)l_A(\nu)=\operatorname{Re}\operatorname{Tr}(\nu A)lA​(ν)=ReTr(νA), as in the paper's equation (9). The set ΩD\Omega_DΩD​ is the full intersection in equation (10), and its extreme points are taken in the ambient real matrix space. The transposition in the goal is explicitly self-adjoint, U∗=UU^*=UU∗=U, matching the identity used in the printed proof. The rank is matrix rank. “Length two” means two distinct pure states with positive weights whose cost attains R(D)R(D)R(D). No optimal pair is assumed as a hypothesis.

The needed contributions are proofs of the six stated milestones, the finite dimensional properties of the model definitions they use, and the three implications of Lemma 6. The model's pure state decomposition and supporting set definitions are reusable for other convex roof problems on finite density matrices.

Selected references

  • Armin Uhlmann, Entropy and optimal decompositions of states relative to a maximal commutative subalgebra, preprint arXiv:quant-ph/9704017v2, 1998. arXiv
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Quantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

General Benchmarks for Quantum Repeaters: For the Qudit Dephasing Channel the Entanglement-Flux Upper Bound Meets the Coherent Information, log₂ d − H(P)Research Paper

Motivation

A quantum repeater is judged by how much it beats direct transmission over a point-to-point link. The natural yardsticks are the two-way assisted capacities of the link's channel E\mathcal EE: the quantum capacity Q2(E)Q_2(\mathcal E)Q2​(E) and the secret-key capacity K(E)K(\mathcal E)K(E), the best rates of entanglement and key that two parties can obtain over many uses of E\mathcal EE when unlimited two-way classical communication and local operations are free. Computing them exactly for a given channel is rare, because it requires a lower and an upper bound that meet.

Pirandola and Laurenza (arXiv:1512.04945v2, 2016) obtain such matching bounds for a family of channels. The lower bound is the coherent information of the channel (with its reverse version), which is achievable by the hashing protocol. The upper bound is the entanglement flux Φ(E)\Phi(\mathcal E)Φ(E), the relative entropy of entanglement of the channel's Choi matrix, which bounds KKK for channels that can be simulated by teleportation. For the qudit dephasing channel the two bounds coincide, which gives Q2=K=log⁡2d−H(P)Q_2=K=\log_2 d-H(\mathbf P)Q2​=K=log2​d−H(P) (Eqs. (20) and (95)). This mission formalizes that coincidence.

Setting

Fix a dimension d≥2d\ge2d≥2 and the computational basis {∣j⟩}j=0d−1\{|j\rangle\}_{j=0}^{d-1}{∣j⟩}j=0d−1​ of a qudit. Let ω=e2πi/d\omega=e^{2\pi i/d}ω=e2πi/d and let ZZZ be the generalized phase operator, Z∣j⟩=ωj∣j⟩Z|j\rangle=\omega^j|j\rangleZ∣j⟩=ωj∣j⟩. For a dephasing probability p∈[0,1]p\in[0,1]p∈[0,1] define the binomial weights

Pm(p,d)=(d−1m)pm(1−p)d−1−m,m=0,…,d−1,P_m(p,d)=\binom{d-1}{m}p^m(1-p)^{d-1-m},\qquad m=0,\dots,d-1,Pm​(p,d)=(md−1​)pm(1−p)d−1−m,m=0,…,d−1,

and the qudit dephasing channel, given by its Kraus operators,

Pd(ρ)=∑m=0d−1EmρEm†,Em=Pm(p,d) Zm.\mathcal P_d(\rho)=\sum_{m=0}^{d-1}E_m\rho E_m^\dagger,\qquad E_m=\sqrt{P_m(p,d)}\,Z^m .Pd​(ρ)=m=0∑d−1​Em​ρEm†​,Em​=Pm​(p,d)​Zm.

Write P={Pm(p,d)}m\mathbf P=\{P_m(p,d)\}_mP={Pm​(p,d)}m​ and H(P)=−∑mPmlog⁡2PmH(\mathbf P)=-\sum_mP_m\log_2P_mH(P)=−∑m​Pm​log2​Pm​ (with 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0) for its Shannon entropy.

The Choi matrix of a map E\mathcal EE on d×dd\times dd×d matrices is ρE=(I⊗E)(Ψd)\rho_{\mathcal E}=(\mathcal I\otimes\mathcal E)(\Psi_d)ρE​=(I⊗E)(Ψd​), where ∣Ψd⟩=d−1/2∑i∣ii⟩|\Psi_d\rangle=d^{-1/2}\sum_i|ii\rangle∣Ψd​⟩=d−1/2∑i​∣ii⟩. The first tensor factor is the reference RRR, the second the channel output BBB. With the von Neumann entropy S(ρ)=−Tr ρlog⁡2ρS(\rho)=-\mathrm{Tr}\,\rho\log_2\rhoS(ρ)=−Trρlog2​ρ:

  • the coherent information of the channel is IC(E)=S(TrRρE)−S(ρE)I_C(\mathcal E)=S(\mathrm{Tr}_R\rho_{\mathcal E})-S(\rho_{\mathcal E})IC​(E)=S(TrR​ρE​)−S(ρE​);
  • the reverse coherent information is IRC(E)=S(TrBρE)−S(ρE)I_{RC}(\mathcal E)=S(\mathrm{Tr}_B\rho_{\mathcal E})-S(\rho_{\mathcal E})IRC​(E)=S(TrB​ρE​)−S(ρE​);
  • the relative entropy is S(ρ∥σ)=Tr[ρ(log⁡2ρ−log⁡2σ)]S(\rho\|\sigma)=\mathrm{Tr}[\rho(\log_2\rho-\log_2\sigma)]S(ρ∥σ)=Tr[ρ(log2​ρ−log2​σ)], and +∞+\infty+∞ when the support of ρ\rhoρ is not inside that of σ\sigmaσ;
  • the relative entropy of entanglement of a bipartite state is ER(ρ)=inf⁡σ∈SEPS(ρ∥σ)E_R(\rho)=\inf_{\sigma\in\mathrm{SEP}}S(\rho\|\sigma)ER​(ρ)=infσ∈SEP​S(ρ∥σ), the infimum over all separable states for the cut R:BR:BR:B;
  • the entanglement flux of the channel is Φ(E)=ER(ρE)\Phi(\mathcal E)=E_R(\rho_{\mathcal E})Φ(E)=ER​(ρE​).

The paper's candidate separable state is σ~=∑i1d∣i⟩⟨i∣⊗Pd(∣i⟩⟨i∣)\tilde\sigma=\sum_i\frac1d|i\rangle\langle i|\otimes\mathcal P_d(|i\rangle\langle i|)σ~=∑i​d1​∣i⟩⟨i∣⊗Pd​(∣i⟩⟨i∣).

Formalization targets

Goal (Eqs. (94)–(95), p. 11)

For every d≥2d\ge2d≥2 and p∈[0,1]p\in[0,1]p∈[0,1]:

IC(Pd)=IRC(Pd)=log⁡2d−H(P),Φ(Pd)≤log⁡2d−H(P).I_C(\mathcal P_d)=I_{RC}(\mathcal P_d)=\log_2d-H(\mathbf P),\qquad \Phi(\mathcal P_d)\le\log_2d-H(\mathbf P).IC​(Pd​)=IRC​(Pd​)=log2​d−H(P),Φ(Pd​)≤log2​d−H(P).

The lower and the upper bound on the two-way capacities therefore meet. The statement keeps ddd and ppp free and asserts exact values, not numerical constants.

Milestones (in attack order)

  1. The Choi matrix of Pd\mathcal P_dPd​ in closed form (p. 11, display between Eqs. (90) and (91)).
  2. Eq. (91): S(ρPd)=H(P)S(\rho_{\mathcal P_d})=H(\mathbf P)S(ρPd​​)=H(P).
  3. Eq. (68): S(ρ∥σ)=−S(ρ)−∑i⟨i∣ρ∣i⟩log⁡siS(\rho\|\sigma)=-S(\rho)-\sum_i\langle i|\rho|i\rangle\log s_iS(ρ∥σ)=−S(ρ)−∑i​⟨i∣ρ∣i⟩logsi​ in the eigenbasis of σ\sigmaσ, under support inclusion.
  4. Eq. (92): σ~=∑i1d∣ii⟩⟨ii∣\tilde\sigma=\sum_i\frac1d|ii\rangle\langle ii|σ~=∑i​d1​∣ii⟩⟨ii∣ and σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ is separable.
  5. Eq. (93): Tr(ρPdlog⁡2σ~)=−log⁡2d\mathrm{Tr}(\rho_{\mathcal P_d}\log_2\tilde\sigma)=-\log_2dTr(ρPd​​log2​σ~)=−log2​d, with the support of ρPd\rho_{\mathcal P_d}ρPd​​ inside that of σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~.
  6. Eq. (94): Φ(Pd)≤S(ρPd∥σ~)=log⁡2d−H(P)\Phi(\mathcal P_d)\le S(\rho_{\mathcal P_d}\|\tilde\sigma)=\log_2d-H(\mathbf P)Φ(Pd​)≤S(ρPd​​∥σ~)=log2​d−H(P).
  7. Eq. (45): for a unital, trace-preserving map E\mathcal EE, IC(E)=IRC(E)=log⁡2d−S(ρE)I_C(\mathcal E)=I_{RC}(\mathcal E)=\log_2d-S(\rho_{\mathcal E})IC​(E)=IRC​(E)=log2​d−S(ρE​).

Significance

The result. The coincidence of the two bounds pins down Q2Q_2Q2​ and KKK of the qudit dephasing channel for every ddd and ppp, which gives the repeaterless benchmark for any qudit link dominated by dephasing. At d=2d=2d=2 it recovers the qubit dephasing benchmark 1−H2(p)1-H_2(p)1−H2​(p) of the same paper (Eq. (75), with p↔1−pp\leftrightarrow1-pp↔1−p, which the binary entropy does not see). Combined with the operational facts the paper imports (the hashing inequality and the bound of KKK by the flux for teleportation-covariant channels), it yields the capacity formula (95).

Formalizing it. The paper's computation is complete but terse. The formalization makes three implicit points explicit: the support of the Choi matrix lies inside the support of the rank-ddd state σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ (so log⁡σ~\log\tilde\sigmalogσ~ is taken on its support); the claim of "ddd non-zero eigenvalues" in (91) fails at p∈{0,1}p\in\{0,1\}p∈{0,1}, while the entropy identity does not; and (45) needs trace preservation as well as unitality. The results are proved in the paper and, as far as the platform's catalogue shows, formalized nowhere. Eq. (68) and Eq. (45) are reusable lemmas about arbitrary states and unital channels.

Difficulty

The calculation on the page is short; the difficulty lies in what it leaves to the reader. The entropy identity (91) asks for the spectrum of a d2×d2d^2\times d^2d2×d2 matrix that is not diagonal in the computational basis, while the von Neumann entropy is defined through the matrix functional calculus, so "diagonalizing" has to be made precise. The state σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ has rank ddd in dimension d2d^2d2: the relative entropy against it is finite only because of a support inclusion the paper does not mention, and a computation that ignores the kernel of σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ does not establish the value. The upper bound needs σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ to be separable in the sense of the infimum, a finite convex combination of product density matrices, not merely diagonal. Finally, the coherent information is a difference of entropies of a partial trace and of the full Choi matrix; equating it to log⁡2d−H(P)\log_2 d-H(\mathbf P)log2​d−H(P) requires both that the output marginal is maximally mixed and the entropy identity (91).

Formalization scope

Qudit indices are Fin d, with d≥2d\ge2d≥2 (and [NeZero d] where an instance needs it); ppp is real with 0≤p≤10\le p\le10≤p≤1. ZmZ^mZm is a matrix power, ω=exp⁡(2πi/d)\omega=\exp(2\pi i/d)ω=exp(2πi/d), and the channel is the published QAlgorithms.krausApply of the Kraus family Pm Zm\sqrt{P_m}\,Z^mPm​​Zm. The Choi matrix is the published QAlgorithms.idTensorSuperop applied to maximallyEntangledProjector d (entries 1/d1/d1/d on ∣ii⟩⟨jj∣|ii\rangle\langle jj|∣ii⟩⟨jj∣), the reference being the first factor of Fin d × Fin d. Entropies are in bits with 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0: QAlgorithms.vnEntropy for states and a local Shannon entropy for the weights. The partial traces are QAlgorithms.traceLeft (over the reference) and QAlgorithms.traceRight (over the output). The relative entropy and ERE_RER​ are the published relativeEntropyBits and relativeEntanglement (Umegaki entropy divided by ln⁡2\ln2ln2, +∞+\infty+∞ off support, infimum over IsSeparableDensity, values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]). The real bound is embedded with ENNReal.ofReal; since H(P)≤log⁡2dH(\mathbf P)\le\log_2dH(P)≤log2​d, nothing is lost.

None of the defined quantities is given by its closed form: the Choi matrix is computed from the channel, ERE_RER​ is the infimum over all separable states (not S(ρ∥σ~)S(\rho\|\tilde\sigma)S(ρ∥σ~) or an infimum over diagonal states), and ICI_CIC​ is defined from partial traces, not as log⁡2d−S(ρE)\log_2d-S(\rho_{\mathcal E})log2​d−S(ρE​). This rules out the trivializing formalization in which a milestone or the goal holds by definition. The bound log⁡2d\log_2dlog2​d alone holds for every state; the goal's bound is log⁡2d−H(P)\log_2d-H(\mathbf P)log2​d−H(P).

The operational capacities Q2Q_2Q2​ and KKK of Eq. (95) are not formalized. They are defined over adaptive LOCC protocols with private-state targets, which have no substrate on the platform. The paper also does not prove the two bridges from them to the bounds: it imports K≤ΦK\le\PhiK≤Φ (Eq. (2), from Pirandola et al.) and the hashing inequality (from Devetak and Winter). For the same reason, the reverse inequality Φ(Pd)≥log⁡2d−H(P)\Phi(\mathcal P_d)\ge\log_2d-H(\mathbf P)Φ(Pd​)≥log2​d−H(P) is not stated, since the paper obtains it only through the hashing bound. Teleportation stretching, convexity of the flux, the bosonic Gaussian channels and the erasure channel are outside this mission.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the spectrum of circulant blocks, the support calculus of the Umegaki entropy, and the separable decomposition of diagonal states are all reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Pirandola, R. Laurenza, General Benchmarks for Quantum Repeaters, arXiv preprint, v2, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1512.04945v2
  • S. Pirandola, R. Laurenza, C. Ottaviani, L. Banchi, Fundamental limits of repeaterless quantum communications, Nature Communications 8, 15043, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms15043
  • I. Devetak, A. Winter, Distillation of secret key and entanglement from quantum states, Proc. R. Soc. A 461, 207–235, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2004.1372
  • V. Vedral, M. B. Plenio, Entanglement measures and purification procedures, Phys. Rev. A 57, 1619, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.57.1619
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Quantum InformationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Improving the Security of Quantum Protocols via Commit-and-Open: After the Commit-and-Open Test, Any Dishonest Bob Is β-Benign Up to a Negligible Trace DistanceResearch Paper

Motivation

Many two-party quantum protocols, such as oblivious transfer and password-based identification, start the same way: Alice sends Bob nnn qubits ∣x⟩θ|x\rangle_\theta∣x⟩θ​ encoding random bits xxx in random BB84 bases θ∈{+,×}n\theta\in\{+,\times\}^nθ∈{+,×}n. Their security proofs work only against a restricted Bob, for example one with bounded quantum memory (Damgård, Fehr, Salvail, Schaffner 2005). Unrestricted security is impossible for such tasks in the plain model.

Damgård, Fehr, Lunemann, Salvail and Schaffner (arXiv:0902.3918, CRYPTO 2009) proposed a generic commit-and-open compiler. Bob commits to his measurement bases θ^\hat\thetaθ^ and outcomes x^\hat xx^ position by position. Alice opens a random fraction α\alphaα of the commitments and checks that xi=x^ix_i=\hat x_ixi​=x^i​ wherever her basis agreed with Bob's. Their headline result, Theorem 4.2, says that the compiled protocol is computationally secure against any polynomial-time Bob. Its proof reduces everything computational to one information-theoretic statement: after the test, a dishonest Bob is β-benign (Definition 4.1), up to a negligible error. The paper's introduction presents this statement as the new tool. This mission formalizes it.

Setting

Alice holds mmm qubits, one half of each of mmm EPR pairs, in a register A=C{0,1}mA=\mathbb C^{\{0,1\}^m}A=C{0,1}m. Bob holds an arbitrary finite-dimensional register EEE. The joint state right before the test is an arbitrary unit vector ∣φAE⟩∈HA⊗HE|\varphi_{AE}\rangle\in\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_E∣φAE​⟩∈HA​⊗HE​. This is the state after a dishonest Bob has received his halves and committed to x^∈{0,1}m\hat x\in\{0,1\}^mx^∈{0,1}m and θ^∈{+,×}m\hat\theta\in\{+,\times\}^mθ^∈{+,×}m.

The test is a pair (T,T′)(T,T')(T,T′). TTT is a uniformly random set of k=⌊αm⌋k=\lfloor\alpha m\rfloork=⌊αm⌋ positions; T′={i∈T:θi=θ^i}T'=\{i\in T:\theta_i=\hat\theta_i\}T′={i∈T:θi​=θ^i​} for Alice's uniform bases θ\thetaθ is a uniform subset of TTT. So PTest(T,T′)=1/((mk)2k)P_{Test}(T,T')=1/(\binom mk 2^k)PTest​(T,T′)=1/((km​)2k). In the analysed version of the protocol (Fig. 4), Alice measures the positions in TTT in Bob's bases θ^∣T\hat\theta|_Tθ^∣T​ and accepts iff xi=x^ix_i=\hat x_ixi​=x^i​ for all i∈T′i\in T'i∈T′. She then measures the remaining n=m−kn=m-kn=m−k positions in her bases θ∣Tˉ\theta|_{\bar T}θ∣Tˉ​, producing XXX.

The quantities of interest are:

  • the min-entropy H∞(X)=−log⁡2max⁡xPX(x)H_\infty(X)=-\log_2\max_xP_X(x)H∞​(X)=−log2​maxx​PX​(x) and its conditional version H∞(X∣I∣X∣Iˉ=x∣Iˉ)H_\infty(X|_I\mid X|_{\bar I}=x|_{\bar I})H∞​(X∣I​∣X∣Iˉ​=x∣Iˉ​);
  • the max-entropy H0(ρ)=log⁡2rank⁡ρH_0(\rho)=\log_2\operatorname{rank}\rhoH0​(ρ)=log2​rankρ;
  • the Hamming distance dHd_HdH​ and the relative distance rH=dH/lengthr_H=d_H/\text{length}rH​=dH​/length;
  • the trace distance δ(ρ,σ)=12tr⁡∣ρ−σ∣\delta(\rho,\sigma)=\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}|\rho-\sigma|δ(ρ,σ)=21​tr∣ρ−σ∣;
  • the binary entropy h(μ)=−(μlog⁡2μ+(1−μ)log⁡2(1−μ))h(\mu)=-(\mu\log_2\mu+(1-\mu)\log_2(1-\mu))h(μ)=−(μlog2​μ+(1−μ)log2​(1−μ)).

A function ν(m)\nu(m)ν(m) is negligible if ∣ν(m)∣≤m−c|\nu(m)|\le m^{-c}∣ν(m)∣≤m−c for every ccc and all large mmm.

The real cq state is ρTestAE=∑testPTest(test)∣test⟩⟨test∣⊗∣φAE⟩⟨φAE∣\rho_{TestAE}=\sum_{test}P_{Test}(test)|test\rangle\langle test|\otimes|\varphi_{AE}\rangle\langle\varphi_{AE}|ρTestAE​=∑test​PTest​(test)∣test⟩⟨test∣⊗∣φAE​⟩⟨φAE​∣. The set

Btest={x:rH(x∣Tˉ,x^∣Tˉ)≤rH(x∣T′,x^∣T′)+ε}B_{test}=\{x: r_H(x|_{\bar T},\hat x|_{\bar T})\le r_H(x|_{T'},\hat x|_{T'})+\varepsilon\}Btest​={x:rH​(x∣Tˉ​,x^∣Tˉ​)≤rH​(x∣T′​,x^∣T′​)+ε}

collects the outcomes whose error rate on the unopened positions is predicted by the error rate on T′T'T′.

Formalization targets

Goal: commit-and-open forces benign behaviour (§4.3, p. 12)

For every 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 and β>0\beta>0β>0 there is a negligible ν\nuν such that, for every mmm, x^\hat xx^, θ^\hat\thetaθ^, finite EEE and unit ∣φAE⟩|\varphi_{AE}\rangle∣φAE​⟩, there are unit vectors ∣φ~AEtest⟩|\tilde\varphi^{test}_{AE}\rangle∣φ~​AEtest​⟩ with

δ(ρTestAE, ∑testPTest(test)∣test⟩⟨test∣⊗∣φ~AEtest⟩⟨φ~AEtest∣)≤ν(m),\delta\Big(\rho_{TestAE},\ \sum_{test}P_{Test}(test)|test\rangle\langle test|\otimes|\tilde\varphi^{test}_{AE}\rangle\langle\tilde\varphi^{test}_{AE}|\Big)\le\nu(m),δ(ρTestAE​, test∑​PTest​(test)∣test⟩⟨test∣⊗∣φ~​AEtest​⟩⟨φ~​AEtest​∣)≤ν(m),

and such that, in the ideal state, every branch Alice accepts satisfies the bounds (1) of Definition 4.1:

H∞(X∣I∣X∣Iˉ=x∣Iˉ)≥dH(θ∣I,θ^∣I)−βn,H0(ρER)≤βn.H_\infty\big(X|_I\mid X|_{\bar I}=x|_{\bar I}\big)\ge d_H(\theta|_I,\hat\theta|_I)-\beta n,\qquad H_0(\rho_{ER})\le\beta n.H∞​(X∣I​∣X∣Iˉ​=x∣Iˉ​)≥dH​(θ∣I​,θ^∣I​)−βn,H0​(ρER​)≤βn.

No constant is hard-coded; β\betaβ is arbitrary.

Milestones

  • Lemma 2.3: measuring a superposition of ∣J∣|J|∣J∣ product vectors loses at most log⁡∣J∣\log|J|log∣J∣ bits of min-entropy, and leaves Bob's register with rank at most ∣J∣|J|∣J∣.
  • The trace distance of pure states, 1−∣⟨ψ∣φ⟩∣2\sqrt{1-|\langle\psi|\varphi\rangle|^2}1−∣⟨ψ∣φ⟩∣2​.
  • The trace distance of two cq states over TestTestTest is the PTestP_{Test}PTest​-average of the branch distances.
  • The classical sampling bound: Pr⁡test[x∉Btest]\Pr_{test}[x\notin B_{test}]Prtest​[x∈/Btest​] is negligible, uniformly in xxx.
  • Lemma 4.3: ρTestAE\rho_{TestAE}ρTestAE​ is negligibly close to a state each of whose branches is supported on BtestB_{test}Btest​ in Bob's basis.
  • The Hamming-ball bound ∣{y:dH(y,y^)≤μn}∣≤2h(μ)n|\{y:d_H(y,\hat y)\le\mu n\}|\le2^{h(\mu)n}∣{y:dH​(y,y^​)≤μn}∣≤2h(μ)n for 0≤μ≤120\le\mu\le\tfrac120≤μ≤21​.
  • Corollary 4.4: on such a branch, H∞≥dH−h(err+ε)nH_\infty\ge d_H-h(err+\varepsilon)nH∞​≥dH​−h(err+ε)n and H0≤h(err+ε)nH_0\le h(err+\varepsilon)nH0​≤h(err+ε)n, where errerrerr is the error rate on T′T'T′.

Significance

The goal is what makes the compiler work. Combined with the security of the original protocol against benign Bob, it turns any BB84-type protocol that is secure in a restricted model into one secure against arbitrary dishonest Bob in the computational setting. The paper derives oblivious transfer and password-based identification this way (§6). The same statement also preserves bounded-quantum-storage security (§5.2). Its quantitative form, β=h(err+ε)\beta=h(err+\varepsilon)β=h(err+ε), shows how noise tolerance enters (§5.1).

The paper's headline Theorem 4.2 is computational: it quantifies over polynomial-time quantum adversaries and simulators in the common-reference-string model, with a dual-mode commitment scheme specified in prose. That wrapper is out of scope. The unconditional core claim, closing §4.3, is a statement about finite-dimensional states, entropies and a sampling distribution. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of it, of Lemma 4.3, or of Corollary 4.4 exists. Formalizing it also produces reusable pieces: min- and max-entropy of superpositions, trace distance of pure and cq states, and a sampling bound for random subsets.

Difficulty

The statement mixes a quantum and a classical argument, and neither carries the whole weight. The obvious attempt, applying an entropic uncertainty relation directly to Bob's state, fails: Bob's register may be entangled with all of Alice's qubits, so nothing bounds its rank a priori. The bound appears only after the real state is replaced by a nearby one, and that replacement must be uniform over Bob's register and strategy. Uniformity is the delicate point: the negligible function must not depend on mmm, x^\hat xx^, θ^\hat\thetaθ^ or the state.

The sampling step concerns sampling without replacement (TTT of fixed size), followed by an independent subsample T′T'T′ that can be empty. The entropy bounds then need the Hamming-ball estimate at the real radius (err+ε)n(err+\varepsilon)n(err+ε)n, valid only up to 12\tfrac1221​.

Formalization scope

  • Registers are C{0,1}m\mathbb C^{\{0,1\}^m}C{0,1}m (EuclideanSpace ℂ (Fin m → Bool)) and CE\mathbb C^ECE for a finite type E. Joint states are unit vectors of the product. The joint state is pure, which the paper argues is without loss of generality: a mixed state is purified and the purifier joins EEE.
  • Bits are Bool; bases are Bool with false = +++, true = ×\times×. Positions are 0-based Fin m.
  • ∣T∣=⌊αm⌋|T|=\lfloor\alpha m\rfloor∣T∣=⌊αm⌋ and n=m−⌊αm⌋n=m-\lfloor\alpha m\rfloorn=m−⌊αm⌋; these match the paper's αm\alpha mαm and (1−α)m(1-\alpha)m(1−α)m whenever αm\alpha mαm is an integer.
  • log⁡=log⁡2\log=\log_2log=log2​. hhh is Mathlib's Real.binEntropy divided by ln⁡2\ln2ln2. The trace norm is the published WildeQIT.traceNorm, and the trace distance carries the factor 12\tfrac1221​.
  • Alice's two measurements (in θ^\hat\thetaθ^ on TTT, in θ\thetaθ on Tˉ\bar TTˉ) are encoded as one measurement in the mixed basis. Conditional min-entropies condition on x∣Tx|_Tx∣T​ as well.
  • Bob's post-measurement state is kept unnormalized, which leaves its rank unchanged. Statements that condition on an outcome assume it has positive probability.
  • rHr_HrH​ on the empty set is 000.
  • Corollary 4.4 assumes err+ε≤12err+\varepsilon\le\tfrac12err+ε≤21​. The printed err≤12err\le\tfrac12err≤21​ is not sufficient: at err=ε=12err=\varepsilon=\tfrac12err=ε=21​ the conclusion fails. The goal is unaffected.
  • The ideal vectors in the goal depend on the test only, and one ν\nuν serves all mmm, x^\hat xx^, θ^\hat\thetaθ^, EEE and states. Neither conclusion is trivial on its own: taking the ideal state equal to the real one gives distance 000, and taking it to be the honest state ∣x^⟩θ^⊗∣e⟩|\hat x\rangle_{\hat\theta}\otimes|e\rangle∣x^⟩θ^​⊗∣e⟩ satisfies (1). The goal demands both at once.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. The sampling bound and the pure-state and block-diagonal trace-distance identities are independent of the rest. The trace-norm lemmas and the Hamming-ball bound are useful beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • I. Damgård, S. Fehr, C. Lunemann, L. Salvail, C. Schaffner, Improving the Security of Quantum Protocols via Commit-and-Open, CRYPTO 2009; arXiv:0902.3918v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/0902.3918
  • I. Damgård, S. Fehr, L. Salvail, C. Schaffner, Cryptography in the Bounded Quantum-Storage Model, FOCS 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0508222
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58 (1963). https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • S. Fehr, C. Schaffner, Composing Quantum Protocols in a Classical Environment, TCC 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0804.1059
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Information-disturbance tradeoff in quantum measurement on the uniform ensemble and on the mutually unbiased bases: the square-root dynamics is least disturbing on the uniform ensembleResearch Paper

Motivation

Measuring a quantum system disturbs it. The information–disturbance tradeoff asks how little a measurement that yields a given amount of information about an unknown state must change that state. The question underlies the security analysis of quantum key distribution, where an eavesdropper's information gain is paid for in detectable disturbance, and the design of measurements that must leave a system usable afterwards, as in sequential or weak measurement schemes.

A measurement has two separate parts: the POVM, which fixes the outcome statistics, and the instrument, which fixes the post-measurement state for each outcome. Many instruments realize the same POVM. The natural candidate for the least disturbing one is the square-root (Lüders) dynamics, which maps a state ρ\rhoρ to Fb1/2ρFb1/2F_b^{1/2}\rho F_b^{1/2}Fb1/2​ρFb1/2​ on outcome bbb. Whether this candidate is in fact optimal depends on how disturbance is averaged. H. Barnum (2002) showed that it is optimal when the average is over the uniform ensemble of pure states, and computed the resulting minimal disturbance for every POVM (arXiv:quant-ph/0205155). For general ensembles the same paper leaves optimality open (its "Possibility 4").

Setting

Fix a dimension d≥1d\ge1d≥1 and the Hilbert space Cd\mathbb C^dCd with standard basis {∣i⟩}\{|i\rangle\}{∣i⟩}.

  • A POVM is a finite family {Fb}b∈B\{F_b\}_{b\in B}{Fb​}b∈B​ of positive semidefinite operators with ∑bFb=I\sum_bF_b=I∑b​Fb​=I. Outcome bbb occurs on state ρ\rhoρ with probability tr⁡ρFb\operatorname{tr}\rho F_btrρFb​.
  • An instrument compatible with {Fb}\{F_b\}{Fb​} is a finite family of operators {Abi}\{A_{bi}\}{Abi​} (Hellwig–Kraus, or HK, operators) with
∑iAbi†Abi=Fbfor every b.\sum_iA_{bi}^\dagger A_{bi}=F_b\quad\text{for every }b .i∑​Abi†​Abi​=Fb​for every b.

The unnormalized post-measurement state on outcome bbb is Ab(ρ)=∑iAbiρAbi†\mathcal A_b(\rho)=\sum_iA_{bi}\rho A_{bi}^\daggerAb​(ρ)=∑i​Abi​ρAbi†​, and the overall operation is A(ρ)=∑b,iAbiρAbi†\mathcal A(\rho)=\sum_{b,i}A_{bi}\rho A_{bi}^\daggerA(ρ)=∑b,i​Abi​ρAbi†​.

  • The square-root operation of the POVM is S(ρ)=∑bFb1/2ρFb1/2\mathcal S(\rho)=\sum_bF_b^{1/2}\rho F_b^{1/2}S(ρ)=∑b​Fb1/2​ρFb1/2​, the instrument with the single HK operator Fb1/2F_b^{1/2}Fb1/2​ per outcome. An instrument with one HK operator per outcome has one-term conditional dynamics.
  • The uniform ensemble Ω\OmegaΩ is the unitarily invariant probability measure on unit vectors of Cd\mathbb C^dCd, the law of U∣0⟩U|0\rangleU∣0⟩ for a Haar-random unitary UUU.
  • For a pure state the fidelity with an operator σ\sigmaσ is ⟨ψ∣σ∣ψ⟩\langle\psi|\sigma|\psi\rangle⟨ψ∣σ∣ψ⟩. The average fidelity of an operation E\mathcal EE is F‾(E)=∫dΩψ ⟨ψ∣E(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣)∣ψ⟩\overline F(\mathcal E)=\int d\Omega_\psi\,\langle\psi|\mathcal E(|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|)|\psi\rangleF(E)=∫dΩψ​⟨ψ∣E(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣)∣ψ⟩, and its average disturbance is
D(E)=1−F‾(E)=1−∫dΩψ∑b,i∣⟨ψ∣Abi∣ψ⟩∣2(E=A).D(\mathcal E)=1-\overline F(\mathcal E)=1-\int d\Omega_\psi\sum_{b,i}|\langle\psi|A_{bi}|\psi\rangle|^2\qquad(\mathcal E=\mathcal A).D(E)=1−F(E)=1−∫dΩψ​b,i∑​∣⟨ψ∣Abi​∣ψ⟩∣2(E=A).
  • The second moment of the ensemble is Π=∫dΩψ ∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣⊗∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣\Pi=\int d\Omega_\psi\,|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|\otimes|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|Π=∫dΩψ​∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣⊗∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣.

Formalization targets

The goal and the numbered milestones below are from Barnum, pp. 9–13, arXiv:quant-ph/0205155v1.

Goal: Theorem 5

For every POVM {Fb}\{F_b\}{Fb​} and every finite instrument {Abi}\{A_{bi}\}{Abi​} compatible with it,

D(S)  ≤  D(A).D(\mathcal S)\;\le\;D(\mathcal A).D(S)≤D(A).

The instrument may have several HK operators per outcome; this is what distinguishes Theorem 5 from Theorem 8.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (31) (Jones): for unit vectors a,ba,ba,b, ∫dΩψ∣⟨ψ∣a⟩∣2∣⟨ψ∣b⟩∣2=1+∣⟨a∣b⟩∣2d(d+1)\int d\Omega_\psi|\langle\psi|a\rangle|^2|\langle\psi|b\rangle|^2=\dfrac{1+|\langle a|b\rangle|^2}{d(d+1)}∫dΩψ​∣⟨ψ∣a⟩∣2∣⟨ψ∣b⟩∣2=d(d+1)1+∣⟨a∣b⟩∣2​.
  2. Lemma 9: Π=1d(d+1)∑i,j(∣i⟩⟨i∣⊗∣j⟩⟨j∣+∣i⟩⟨j∣⊗∣j⟩⟨i∣)\Pi=\dfrac{1}{d(d+1)}\sum_{i,j}\big(|i\rangle\langle i|\otimes|j\rangle\langle j|+|i\rangle\langle j|\otimes|j\rangle\langle i|\big)Π=d(d+1)1​∑i,j​(∣i⟩⟨i∣⊗∣j⟩⟨j∣+∣i⟩⟨j∣⊗∣j⟩⟨i∣).
  3. Eq. (32): ∫dΩψ⟨ψ∣A∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣B∣ψ⟩=tr⁡Π(A⊗B)=1d(d+1)∑ij(⟨i∣A∣i⟩⟨j∣B∣j⟩+⟨i∣A∣j⟩⟨j∣B∣i⟩)\int d\Omega_\psi\langle\psi|A|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|B|\psi\rangle=\operatorname{tr}\Pi(A\otimes B)=\frac{1}{d(d+1)}\sum_{ij}\big(\langle i|A|i\rangle\langle j|B|j\rangle+\langle i|A|j\rangle\langle j|B|i\rangle\big)∫dΩψ​⟨ψ∣A∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣B∣ψ⟩=trΠ(A⊗B)=d(d+1)1​∑ij​(⟨i∣A∣i⟩⟨j∣B∣j⟩+⟨i∣A∣j⟩⟨j∣B∣i⟩).
  4. Eq. (33): F‾(ρ↦∑kAkρAk†)=1d(d+1)∑k(∣tr⁡Ak∣2+tr⁡AkAk†)\overline F\big(\rho\mapsto\sum_kA_k\rho A_k^\dagger\big)=\frac{1}{d(d+1)}\sum_k\big(|\operatorname{tr}A_k|^2+\operatorname{tr}A_kA_k^\dagger\big)F(ρ↦∑k​Ak​ρAk†​)=d(d+1)1​∑k​(∣trAk​∣2+trAk​Ak†​).
  5. Trace bound (p. 13, cited from von Neumann): for A≥0A\ge0A≥0, max⁡V unitary∣tr⁡VA∣\max_{V\text{ unitary}}|\operatorname{tr}VA|maxV unitary​∣trVA∣ is attained where VA=A†AVA=\sqrt{A^\dagger A}VA=A†A​.
  6. Theorem 8: for one-term instruments, ∑bF‾b≤1d(d+1)(d+∑b(tr⁡Fb1/2)2)\sum_b\overline F_b\le\frac{1}{d(d+1)}\big(d+\sum_b(\operatorname{tr}F_b^{1/2})^2\big)∑b​Fb​≤d(d+1)1​(d+∑b​(trFb1/2​)2), with equality for the square-root dynamics.
  7. Theorem 7 (Ando): (A,B)↦At⊗B1−t(A,B)\mapsto A^t\otimes B^{1-t}(A,B)↦At⊗B1−t is jointly concave for 0≤t≤10\le t\le10≤t≤1.
  8. Proposition 6: ⟨ψ∣P1∣ψ⟩2+⟨ψ∣P2∣ψ⟩2≤⟨ψ∣P12+P22∣ψ⟩2\langle\psi|P_1|\psi\rangle^2+\langle\psi|P_2|\psi\rangle^2\le\langle\psi|\sqrt{P_1^2+P_2^2}|\psi\rangle^2⟨ψ∣P1​∣ψ⟩2+⟨ψ∣P2​∣ψ⟩2≤⟨ψ∣P12​+P22​​∣ψ⟩2 for positive P1,P2P_1,P_2P1​,P2​.
  9. Coarse-graining (p. 10): ∑j⟨ψ∣Pj∣ψ⟩2≤⟨ψ∣∑jPj2∣ψ⟩2\sum_j\langle\psi|P_j|\psi\rangle^2\le\langle\psi|\sqrt{\sum_jP_j^2}|\psi\rangle^2∑j​⟨ψ∣Pj​∣ψ⟩2≤⟨ψ∣∑j​Pj2​​∣ψ⟩2.

Significance

Theorem 5 together with Theorem 8 gives a closed form for the minimal disturbance on the uniform ensemble of every POVM: D‾min⁡=1−1d(d+1)(d+∑b(tr⁡Fb1/2)2)\overline D_{\min}=1-\frac{1}{d(d+1)}\big(d+\sum_b(\operatorname{tr}F_b^{1/2})^2\big)Dmin​=1−d(d+1)1​(d+∑b​(trFb1/2​)2) (Eqs. (34)–(35)). For rank-one POVMs this is (d−1)/(d+1)(d-1)/(d+1)(d−1)/(d+1), one endpoint of the information–disturbance frontier that the rest of the paper studies. The result also shows that on this ensemble, extra Kraus operators per outcome never reduce disturbance, so the frontier may be computed over square-root instruments alone.

The milestones are of independent use. Lemma 9 and Eq. (32) are the standard second-moment formula for Haar-random pure states (the 2-design property). Eq. (33) is the Kraus-operator form of the average fidelity that appears throughout quantum channel benchmarking. Ando's concavity theorem is equivalent to Lieb's concavity theorem.

The results are proved in the paper (2002). This mission formalizes them; to the extent known, none of the paper's statements has a machine-checked proof. The platform already has the uniform ensemble and the average fidelity as published definitions, and Nielsen's formula relating average and entanglement fidelity, which is a different statement.

Difficulty

The polar-decomposition step suggests a pointwise argument: write Abi=UbiPbiA_{bi}=U_{bi}P_{bi}Abi​=Ubi​Pbi​ and replace UbiU_{bi}Ubi​ by III. That fails. For a fixed ψ\psiψ, ∣⟨ψ∣UP∣ψ⟩∣2|\langle\psi|UP|\psi\rangle|^2∣⟨ψ∣UP∣ψ⟩∣2 can exceed ⟨ψ∣P∣ψ⟩2\langle\psi|P|\psi\rangle^2⟨ψ∣P∣ψ⟩2 (take d=2d=2d=2, P=∣0⟩⟨0∣P=|0\rangle\langle0|P=∣0⟩⟨0∣, ψ=(∣0⟩+∣1⟩)/2\psi=(|0\rangle+|1\rangle)/\sqrt2ψ=(∣0⟩+∣1⟩)/2​, U∣0⟩=ψU|0\rangle=\psiU∣0⟩=ψ). The replacement is valid only after averaging over Ω\OmegaΩ, through the explicit fourth-moment computation of Lemma 9. The second obstacle is merging several HK operators of one outcome into one, which needs Proposition 6. Proposition 6 is an inequality between non-commuting operators. The commuting case is elementary, but the general case rests on Ando's joint concavity, an operator-concavity theorem of Lieb's type that is not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Operators are Matrix (Fin d) (Fin d) ℂ and vectors EuclideanSpace ℂ (Fin d), with 0 < d. The uniform ensemble is the published QAlgorithms.QuditFidelity.haarPureStateLaw d hd, the image of normalized Haar measure on the unitary group under U↦U∣0⟩U\mapsto U|0\rangleU↦U∣0⟩. The average fidelity is the published averageFidelity d hd, whose integrand is Re⁡tr⁡(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣ E(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣))\operatorname{Re}\operatorname{tr}\big(|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|\,\mathcal E(|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|)\big)Retr(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣E(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣)). Disturbance is 1 - averageFidelity. POVMs are QAlgorithms.IsPOVM on a finite outcome type. An instrument is A : B → I → Matrix with one finite Kraus index type I for every outcome. Outcomes with fewer operators are padded with zeros, which changes neither the compatibility condition nor the operation. The square root is cfc Real.sqrt. Real powers in Theorem 7 use cfc of Real.rpow, so X0=IX^0=IX0=I. Real-valued quadratic forms and traces of positive operators are taken as real parts. Π\PiΠ is defined entrywise.

The goal must not be read with I = Unit. That would be Theorem 8's one-term case, and the goal quantifies over every finite I. The ensemble is the Haar image itself, not a measure assumed to have the second moment of Lemma 9.

The wrapper disturbance accepts a raw superoperator, for which an integral need not exist. Every theorem here applies it only to a finite Kraus map, whose integrand is continuous and integrable on the Haar ensemble. A complete development needs Haar moment integrals on the unitary group (reusable for any unitary-design argument), the polar decomposition and the trace inequality for matrices, and an operator-concavity theorem (Ando/Lieb). Contributions of any of these, or of the commuting-case proof of Proposition 6 as a stepping stone, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Barnum, Information-disturbance tradeoff in quantum measurement on the uniform ensemble, preprint, 2002. arXiv:quant-ph/0205155
  • T. Ando, Concavity of certain maps on positive definite matrices and applications to Hadamard products, Linear Algebra Appl. 26 (1979) 203–241. doi:10.1016/0024-3795(79)90179-4
  • E. H. Lieb, Convex trace functions and the Wigner–Yanase–Dyson conjecture, Adv. Math. 11 (1973) 267–288. doi:10.1016/0001-8708(73)90011-X
  • M. A. Nielsen, A simple formula for the average gate fidelity of a quantum dynamical operation, Phys. Lett. A 303 (2002) 249–252. arXiv:quant-ph/0205035
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Capacities of Quantum Channels for Massive Bosons and Fermions: Under Average Energy and Particle-Number Constraints the Capacity Is the Grand-Canonical Entropy, Attained by Fock StatesResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical information can be sent by choosing a quantum state, transmitting it, and asking a receiver to measure it. An ideal noiseless channel seems to have no finite information limit if its carrier can occupy arbitrarily many quantum states. A physical carrier, however, has a limited average energy, and a channel carrying massive particles also has a limited average particle number. Sen(De), Sen, Gromek, Bruß, and Lewenstein ask for the greatest information transfer compatible with both constraints. Their answer connects the channel's information capacity to the entropy of the grand-canonical ensemble familiar from statistical mechanics. Sen(De) et al., pp. 1–2.

The paper also studies how capacities of Bose and Fermi systems respond to condensation and pairing. This mission concerns the result that supports those comparisons: the capacity formula for an ideal, noiseless channel under fixed average energy and particle number. Its finite-dimensional form gives a precise setting in which the optimization and its attaining ensemble can both be stated. Sen(De) et al., pp. 2–4.

Setting

The carrier has a finite-dimensional complex state space. Its Hamiltonian H\mathcal HH assigns energy, and its number operator N^\hat NN^ counts particles. The two Hermitian operators commute, so the system has an orthonormal basis of states with definite energy and particle number. These are the Fock states used as signals. For inverse temperature β\betaβ and chemical potential μ\muμ, the grand-canonical state is

ρGCE=exp⁡[−β(H−μN^)]Z,Z=tr⁡exp⁡[−β(H−μN^)].\rho_{\mathrm{GCE}}=\frac{\exp[-\beta(\mathcal H-\mu\hat N)]}{Z}, \qquad Z=\operatorname{tr}\exp[-\beta(\mathcal H-\mu\hat N)].ρGCE​=Zexp[−β(H−μN^)]​,Z=trexp[−β(H−μN^)].

A sender chooses one state ρi\rho_iρi​ from a finite ensemble E={(pi,ρi)}\mathcal E=\{(p_i,\rho_i)\}E={(pi​,ρi​)} with probability pip_ipi​. Each state may be mixed. The mean state is ρˉ=∑ipiρi\bar\rho=\sum_i p_i\rho_iρˉ​=∑i​pi​ρi​. A receiver chooses a finite quantum measurement and observes its outcome. The accessible information Iacc(E)I_{\mathrm{acc}}(\mathcal E)Iacc​(E) is the largest mutual information between the sender's label and the receiver's outcome among these measurements. The Holevo quantity is χ(E)=S(ρˉ)−∑ipiS(ρi)\chi(\mathcal E)=S(\bar\rho)-\sum_i p_iS(\rho_i)χ(E)=S(ρˉ​)−∑i​pi​S(ρi​), where SSS is von Neumann entropy. All information and entropy values use base-two logarithms, so their units are bits. Sen(De) et al., p. 1.

Fix EEE and NNN. An ensemble is admissible when its mean state obeys the two exact constraints tr⁡(ρˉH)=E\operatorname{tr}(\bar\rho\mathcal H)=Etr(ρˉ​H)=E and tr⁡(ρˉN^)=N\operatorname{tr}(\bar\rho\hat N)=Ntr(ρˉ​N^)=N. The paper defines CE,NC_{E,N}CE,N​ as the maximum accessible information among admissible ensembles. For the theorem here, EEE and NNN are the expectations of H\mathcal HH and N^\hat NN^ in ρGCE\rho_{\mathrm{GCE}}ρGCE​; no claim of a global inverse from (E,N)(E,N)(E,N) to (β,μ)(\beta,\mu)(β,μ) is needed. Sen(De) et al., p. 2.

Formalization targets

The first targets are the paper's entropy bounds: the Holevo bound Iacc(E)≤χ(E)I_{\mathrm{acc}}(\mathcal E)\leq\chi(\mathcal E)Iacc​(E)≤χ(E) and χ(E)≤S(ρˉ)\chi(\mathcal E)\leq S(\bar\rho)χ(E)≤S(ρˉ​). The grand-canonical variational principle says that, under the two fixed expectations, no state has greater entropy than ρGCE\rho_{\mathrm{GCE}}ρGCE​. The first and third targets correspond to existing Open platform statements; the second is drafted here. Sen(De) et al., pp. 1–2.

The goal combines the value of the capacity with its attainment:

CE,N=S(ρGCE),Iacc(EFock)=CE,N,C_{E,N}=S(\rho_{\mathrm{GCE}}), \qquad I_{\mathrm{acc}}(\mathcal E_{\mathrm{Fock}})=C_{E,N},CE,N​=S(ρGCE​),Iacc​(EFock​)=CE,N​,

where EFock\mathcal E_{\mathrm{Fock}}EFock​ consists of joint energy and number eigenstates with probabilities supplied by ρGCE\rho_{\mathrm{GCE}}ρGCE​. Two further milestones record that this ensemble has mean ρGCE\rho_{\mathrm{GCE}}ρGCE​ and that orthogonal pure signals make their classical label information accessible to a measurement. The goal includes an actual maximizing ensemble; an equality involving a supremum alone would leave the paper's attainment claim unstated. Sen(De) et al., p. 2 and abstract.

Significance

The result turns a channel optimization over encodings and measurements into a thermodynamic quantity, while specifying signals that reach the bound. The second constraint matters: energy by itself selects a canonical ensemble, whereas fixed average energy together with fixed average particle number selects a grand-canonical ensemble in the paper's setting. This is the connection the authors use when comparing massive Bose and Fermi carriers. Sen(De) et al., pp. 1–2.

A formalization would add a reusable statement linking three kinds of objects: operational accessible information, entropy maximization with conserved quantities, and a concrete optimal ensemble. The shared quantum definitions already exist on the platform; the Holevo and grand-canonical variational statements are Open goals, rather than machine-checked results claimed by this mission. The present draft has compile-checked statements, not proofs of the capacity theorem or those Open goals.

Difficulty

The accessible information is itself an optimization over measurements, while capacity optimizes it again over every admissible ensemble. Merely diagonalizing the grand-canonical state does not establish that no other ensemble, including an ensemble of mixed or noncommuting states, carries more accessible information. The matching attainment assertion also needs an ensemble of the paper's Fock states that obeys both average constraints. The comparison must use the same bit-valued entropy convention throughout, even though one existing grand-canonical platform theorem states its variational principle using natural logarithms.

Formalization scope

Lean represents states and observables by complex matrices indexed by a finite nonempty type, with H\mathcal HH and N^\hat NN^ Hermitian and commuting. The grand-canonical state uses the published Gibbs-state definition. Expected values are real parts of traces, and both constraints are equalities. The finite-dimensional model is exact for finitely many fermionic levels; it is a truncation of the unbounded bosonic Fock space, so this mission does not claim the paper's infinite-dimensional bosonic formula. The theorem permits every real β\betaβ and μ\muμ, with EEE and NNN defined from the resulting state.

The capacity domain includes all finite ensemble sizes and arbitrary mixed density matrices, and accessible information optimizes over all finite POVMs. Restricting the ensemble to Fock-diagonal or pure states, fixing its label type to the Fock basis, or fixing the measurement would turn the capacity claim into a different problem. The maximum is expressed as a greatest element of the value set, which records membership and hence attainment. The reusable work includes the ensemble entropy bound, the joint-eigenbasis interface, and the link between orthogonal signals and accessible information. Contributions that establish these links for the stated definitions or connect the existing Open reference theorems to this interface fit the mission. The paper's separately labelled comparison theorem for bosons and fermions, its asymptotic expansions, and its numerical figures are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Sen(De), U. Sen, B. Gromek, D. Bruß, and M. Lewenstein, Capacities of Quantum Channels for Massive Bosons and Fermions, Physical Review Letters 2005; pinned preprint arXiv:quant-ph/0505028v2, 2006. arXiv
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Quantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum Uncertainty Relation Using Coherence: For Every Qubit State, the Relative Entropies of Coherence in Two Measurement Bases Sum to at Least a Bound Set by Purity and Maximal OverlapResearch Paper

Motivation

An uncertainty relation bounds how sharply two incompatible measurements can both be predicted on one quantum state. The entropic form of Maassen and Uffink (1988), H(X)+H(Z)≥−log⁡2cmax⁡H(X) + H(Z) \ge -\log_2 c_{\max}H(X)+H(Z)≥−log2​cmax​, measures unpredictability by the Shannon entropies of the outcomes of two measurement bases X\mathbb XX and Z\mathbb ZZ, and incompatibility by their maximal overlap cmax⁡c_{\max}cmax​. It underlies security proofs in quantum key distribution and entanglement witnesses, and it has been sharpened repeatedly, for example by Berta et al. (2010) with quantum memory.

The resource theory of quantum coherence (Baumgratz, Cramer and Plenio, 2014) quantifies how far a state is from being diagonal in a fixed basis. Coherence is basis dependent, so a state cannot be incoherent in two incompatible bases at once. Yuan, Bai, Peng and Ma (arXiv:1612.02573v2, 2017) turn this into quantitative quantum uncertainty relations: lower bounds on the sum of the coherences of one state in two bases. For the relative entropy of coherence on a qubit, their Theorem 2 gives a bound depending on the purity of the state and the overlap of the bases, which they show numerically to improve on bounds obtained from the Maassen–Uffink and Sánchez-Ruiz relations.

Setting

A qubit state is a 2×22\times 22×2 complex positive semidefinite matrix ρ\rhoρ with Tr⁡ρ=1\operatorname{Tr}\rho = 1Trρ=1. A measurement basis X={∣x0⟩,∣x1⟩}\mathbb X = \{|x_0\rangle, |x_1\rangle\}X={∣x0​⟩,∣x1​⟩} is an orthonormal basis of C2\mathbb C^2C2, recorded as the unitary matrix UUU whose columns are ∣x0⟩,∣x1⟩|x_0\rangle, |x_1\rangle∣x0​⟩,∣x1​⟩. Measuring ρ\rhoρ in X\mathbb XX gives outcome iii with probability pi=⟨xi∣ρ∣xi⟩p_i = \langle x_i|\rho|x_i\ranglepi​=⟨xi​∣ρ∣xi​⟩; the outcome entropy is H(X)=−∑ipilog⁡2piH(X) = -\sum_i p_i\log_2 p_iH(X)=−∑i​pi​log2​pi​.

The dephased state ρdiag=∑i⟨xi∣ρ∣xi⟩ ∣xi⟩⟨xi∣\rho_{\mathrm{diag}} = \sum_i \langle x_i|\rho|x_i\rangle\,|x_i\rangle\langle x_i|ρdiag​=∑i​⟨xi​∣ρ∣xi​⟩∣xi​⟩⟨xi​∣ is ρ\rhoρ with its off-diagonal part (in X\mathbb XX) removed. The relative entropy of coherence is

CREX(ρ)=H(ρdiag)−H(ρ),C^{\mathbb X}_{\mathrm{RE}}(\rho) = H(\rho_{\mathrm{diag}}) - H(\rho),CREX​(ρ)=H(ρdiag​)−H(ρ),

where H(ρ)=−∑λλlog⁡2λH(\rho) = -\sum_\lambda \lambda\log_2\lambdaH(ρ)=−∑λ​λlog2​λ (over the eigenvalues of ρ\rhoρ) is the von Neumann entropy. All logarithms are base 222, and 0log⁡0=00\log 0 = 00log0=0.

The purity of ρ\rhoρ is P=Tr⁡[ρ2]∈[1/2,1]P = \operatorname{Tr}[\rho^2] \in [1/2, 1]P=Tr[ρ2]∈[1/2,1], equal to 111 exactly for pure states. For two bases X\mathbb XX and Z\mathbb ZZ, the maximal overlap is c=cmax⁡(X,Z)=max⁡∣x⟩∈X, ∣z⟩∈Z∣⟨x∣z⟩∣2c = c_{\max}(\mathbb X, \mathbb Z) = \max_{|x\rangle\in\mathbb X,\,|z\rangle\in\mathbb Z}|\langle x|z\rangle|^2c=cmax​(X,Z)=max∣x⟩∈X,∣z⟩∈Z​∣⟨x∣z⟩∣2, and cmin⁡c_{\min}cmin​ is the corresponding minimum. On a scalar t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1], H(t)=−tlog⁡2t−(1−t)log⁡2(1−t)H(t) = -t\log_2 t - (1-t)\log_2(1-t)H(t)=−tlog2​t−(1−t)log2​(1−t) is the binary entropy. In the proof the authors use f(x)=H(xp+(1−x)(1−p))f(x) = H(xp + (1-x)(1-p))f(x)=H(xp+(1−x)(1−p)), where ppp is an eigenvalue of ρ\rhoρ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 8, Eq. (14))

For every qubit state ρ\rhoρ and every pair of measurement bases X,Z\mathbb X, \mathbb ZX,Z of C2\mathbb C^2C2,

CREX(ρ)+CREZ(ρ) ≥ H ⁣(2P−1 (2c−1)+12)−H(ρ).C^{\mathbb X}_{\mathrm{RE}}(\rho) + C^{\mathbb Z}_{\mathrm{RE}}(\rho) \ \ge\ H\!\left(\frac{\sqrt{2P-1}\,(2\sqrt c - 1) + 1}{2}\right) - H(\rho).CREX​(ρ)+CREZ​(ρ) ≥ H(22P−1​(2c​−1)+1​)−H(ρ).

Milestones

In the paper's order:

  1. CREX(ρ)=H(X)−H(ρ)C^{\mathbb X}_{\mathrm{RE}}(\rho) = H(X) - H(\rho)CREX​(ρ)=H(X)−H(ρ) (p. 8), the step from (14) to the conventional form (15).
  2. The spectral form (16): with ρ=p∣r⟩⟨r∣+(1−p)∣r⊥⟩⟨r⊥∣\rho = p|r\rangle\langle r| + (1-p)|r_\perp\rangle\langle r_\perp|ρ=p∣r⟩⟨r∣+(1−p)∣r⊥​⟩⟨r⊥​∣ and a=∣⟨r∣x⟩∣2a = |\langle r|x\rangle|^2a=∣⟨r∣x⟩∣2, H(X)=H(ap+(1−a)(1−p))H(X) = H(ap + (1-a)(1-p))H(X)=H(ap+(1−a)(1−p)). Also P=2p2−2p+1P = 2p^2 - 2p + 1P=2p2−2p+1 and H(ρ)=H(p)H(\rho) = H(p)H(ρ)=H(p).
  3. Lemma 1, Eq. (17): for unit vectors in Cd\mathbb C^dCd, a+b≤1+ca + b \le 1 + \sqrt ca+b≤1+c​ and ∣a−b∣≤1−c|a-b| \le \sqrt{1-c}∣a−b∣≤1−c​.
  4. Lemma 1, Eq. (18): in C2\mathbb C^2C2, 1−c≤a+b1 - \sqrt c \le a + b1−c​≤a+b.
  5. Eq. (22): fff is concave on [0,1][0,1][0,1] and f(x)=f(1−x)f(x) = f(1-x)f(x)=f(1−x).
  6. For qubit bases, c=1−cmin⁡c = 1 - c_{\min}c=1−cmin​ and c≥1/2c \ge 1/2c≥1/2 (pp. 8, 11).
  7. Eq. (25): ∣c−12∣≥∣1−c−12∣|\sqrt c - \tfrac12| \ge |\sqrt{1-c} - \tfrac12|∣c​−21​∣≥∣1−c​−21​∣ for c≥1/2c \ge 1/2c≥1/2, hence f(c)≤f(1−c)f(\sqrt c) \le f(\sqrt{1-c})f(c​)≤f(1−c​).
  8. The minimum of g=f(a)+f(b)g = f(a) + f(b)g=f(a)+f(b) over the region cut out by Lemma 1 is f(0)+f(c)f(0) + f(\sqrt c)f(0)+f(c​) (pp. 11–12).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 is a state-dependent uncertainty relation for coherence. Through milestone 1 it is equivalent to the entropic relation H(X)+H(Z)≥H((2P−1(2c−1)+1)/2)+H(ρ)H(X) + H(Z) \ge H\big((\sqrt{2P-1}(2\sqrt c-1)+1)/2\big) + H(\rho)H(X)+H(Z)≥H((2P−1​(2c​−1)+1)/2)+H(ρ) (Eq. (15)), which involves the state only through its purity and entropy. The bound is attained by the maximally mixed state. It reduces to a pure-state relation when P=1P = 1P=1, and it is compared numerically with earlier entropic bounds in §IV of the paper. Lemma 1 is a self-contained inequality on three unit vectors in Cd\mathbb C^dCd that can be reused in other overlap arguments.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a pen-and-paper proof in the paper; no machine-checked version of it or of any entropic uncertainty relation is known on Prove2Me or in Mathlib. The mission yields a checked proof together with a reusable qubit layer: dephasing in an arbitrary basis, the relative entropy of coherence in bits, outcome entropies, purity and basis overlaps, built on the published von Neumann entropy and binary entropy definitions. The proof in the paper also contains a printed slip on p. 11, where f(c)f(\sqrt c)f(c​) is written as H(pc+(1−p)c)H(p\sqrt c + (1-p)\sqrt c)H(pc​+(1−p)c​); a formal proof settles the correct expression.

Difficulty

There are three separate obstacles.

  • Matrices and entropies. The relative entropy of coherence is defined through eigenvalues of the dephased matrix. Relating it to outcome probabilities means identifying the spectrum of Udiag⁡(p0,p1)U†U\operatorname{diag}(p_0,p_1)U^\daggerUdiag(p0​,p1​)U† through Mathlib's IsHermitian.eigenvalues, which are given only up to an unspecified ordering.
  • Lemma 1. The lemma is a statement about three unit vectors in arbitrary dimension, with a separate lower bound (18) that holds only in dimension 2. It fails in C3\mathbb C^3C3: three orthonormal vectors give a=b=c=0a = b = c = 0a=b=c=0.
  • Non-convex minimization. The final minimization is of a concave function over a polygon. A concave function attains its minimum at extreme points, so local or first-order arguments do not apply; the extreme points of the region must be identified and compared, which is the role of Eq. (25) and c≥1/2c \ge 1/2c≥1/2.

Formalization scope

  • States, bases and entropies. States are Matrix (Fin 2) (Fin 2) ℂ with PosSemidef and trace 111. Bases are elements of Matrix.unitaryGroup (Fin 2) ℂ, whose columns are the basis vectors; this covers every orthonormal basis of C2\mathbb C^2C2, and global phases of the columns change no quantity. Entropies are in bits through Real.logb 2, with 0log⁡0=00\log 0 = 00log0=0. The von Neumann entropy is the published ShadowTomography.QuantumLB.vnEntropy and the binary entropy is the published WildeQIT.binaryEntropy.
  • Coherence and overlaps. CREXC^{\mathbb X}_{\mathrm{RE}}CREX​ is defined from the dephased matrix, as in Eq. (6), and not by the closed form H(X)−H(ρ)H(X) - H(\rho)H(X)−H(ρ); using that closed form as the definition would make milestone 1 true by unfolding. ccc is a maximum over all four pairs of basis vectors and cmin⁡c_{\min}cmin​ the corresponding minimum.
  • Domains. Lemma 1, Eq. (17), is stated on EuclideanSpace ℂ (Fin d) for every ddd, and Eq. (18) on C2\mathbb C^2C2 only. Statements that vary the argument of fff restrict a,b,c,pa, b, c, pa,b,c,p to the intervals the paper uses, because the binary-entropy formula has no meaning outside [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • No added hypotheses. The goal assumes nothing beyond "a qubit state" and "two measurement bases". On these objects 2P−1≥02P - 1 \ge 02P−1≥0 and c≤1c \le 1c≤1, so no square root is evaluated at a negative number.

A complete development needs spectral facts for 2×22\times 22×2 Hermitian matrices, concavity of the binary entropy in bits, and an extreme-point argument for concave functions on a polygon. The qubit layer and Lemma 1 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • X. Yuan, G. Bai, T. Peng, X. Ma, Quantum uncertainty relation using coherence, arXiv:1612.02573v2, 2017; Phys. Rev. A 96, 032313 (2017). https://arxiv.org/abs/1612.02573v2, https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.96.032313
  • T. Baumgratz, M. Cramer, M. B. Plenio, Quantifying coherence, Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 140401 (2014). https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.0275
  • H. Maassen, J. B. M. Uffink, Generalized entropic uncertainty relations, Phys. Rev. Lett. 60, 1103 (1988). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.60.1103
  • M. Berta, M. Christandl, R. Colbeck, J. M. Renes, R. Renner, The uncertainty principle in the presence of quantum memory, Nature Physics 6, 659 (2010). https://arxiv.org/abs/0909.0950
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityQuantum Error Correction·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum Tanner Codes 2: A Random Dual Tensor Code Is Δ^{3/2−ε}-Robust with Δ^γ-Resistance to Puncturing with Probability Tending to 1Research Paper

Motivation

Quantum error correction needs families of codes that protect a growing number of logical qubits while using checks that touch few physical qubits. In a quantum Tanner code, the local constraints come from two smaller binary codes. The distance analysis requires those local codes to satisfy a geometric condition called robustness: a low-weight word in a certain sum code must occupy only a controlled number of complete rows and columns. The deterministic distance theorem in Leverrier and Zémor's Quantum Tanner codes assumes this condition; their Theorem 9 supplies it for randomly chosen component codes. Establishing that random codes satisfy the assumption makes the later existence result meaningful rather than conditional on a property with no known examples.

The appendix follows the approach of Panteleev and Kalachev, Asymptotically good quantum and locally testable classical LDPC codes, with a separate treatment of puncturing. The historical relation here is limited: this mission formalizes Leverrier and Zémor's Theorem 9 and its own numbered supporting results, with their hypotheses and constants.

Setting

Fix two coordinate sets AAA and BBB, each of cardinality Δ\DeltaΔ. A binary linear code CA⊆F2AC_A\subseteq\mathbb F_2^ACA​⊆F2A​ is a vector subspace; similarly CB⊆F2BC_B\subseteq\mathbb F_2^BCB​⊆F2B​. Regard a word on A×BA\times BA×B as a matrix x=(xab)x=(x_{ab})x=(xab​). The column code contains matrices whose column at every b∈Bb\in Bb∈B belongs to CAC_ACA​. The row code contains matrices whose row at every a∈Aa\in Aa∈A belongs to CBC_BCB​. Their intersection is the tensor code CA⊗CBC_A\otimes C_BCA​⊗CB​; their sum is the dual tensor code CA⊗F2B+F2A⊗CBC_A\otimes\mathbb F_2^B+\mathbb F_2^A\otimes C_BCA​⊗F2B​+F2A​⊗CB​. The Hamming weight ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ counts its nonzero entries. These conventions are those of §3.5 of the source paper.

Write dA,dBd_A,d_BdA​,dB​ for the actual minimum distances of the two component codes. The dual tensor code is www-robust if every codeword xxx with ∣x∣≤w|x|\le w∣x∣≤w vanishes outside the union of some set of at most ∣x∣/dB|x|/d_B∣x∣/dB​ rows and some set of at most ∣x∣/dA|x|/d_A∣x∣/dA​ columns. Thus a low-weight word cannot be spread thinly across many rows and columns. For retained coordinate sets A′⊆AA'\subseteq AA′⊆A and B′⊆BB'\subseteq BB′⊆B, the punctured codes CA′C_{A'}CA′​ and CB′C_{B'}CB′​ are the images under restriction. Robustness has ppp-resistance to puncturing when the corresponding dual tensor code remains www-robust for every pair A′,B′A',B'A′,B′ of equal size obtained by removing at most ppp coordinates from each side. These are Definitions 5 and 8 on pp. 15–16 of the paper.

A uniform generator matrix with rrr rows and Δ\DeltaΔ columns is sampled uniformly from all binary matrices of that shape. Its row span is CAC_ACA​. Independently, a uniform parity-check matrix with sss rows and Δ\DeltaΔ columns defines CBC_BCB​ as its kernel. Probability is the fraction of matrices, or matrix pairs, satisfying an event. In the asymptotic statement, Δ\DeltaΔ tends through natural numbers to infinity.

Formalization targets

Random robustness and resistance

For 0<ρA,ρB<10<\rho_A,\rho_B<10<ρA​,ρB​<1, 0<ε<1/20<\varepsilon<1/20<ε<1/2, and 1/2+ε<γ<11/2+\varepsilon<\gamma<11/2+ε<γ<1, sample CAC_ACA​ and CBC_BCB​ from the matrix models above, using ⌊ρAΔ⌋\lfloor\rho_A\Delta\rfloor⌊ρA​Δ⌋ generator rows and ⌈(1−ρB)Δ⌉\lceil(1-\rho_B)\Delta\rceil⌈(1−ρB​)Δ⌉ parity-check rows. The goal, Theorem 9, is

Pr⁡ ⁣[CA⊗F2B+F2A⊗CB is Δ3/2−ε-robust with Δγ-resistance]⟶1.\Pr\!\left[C_A\otimes\mathbb F_2^B+\mathbb F_2^A\otimes C_B\text{ is }\Delta^{3/2-\varepsilon}\text{-robust with }\Delta^\gamma\text{-resistance}\right]\longrightarrow 1.Pr[CA​⊗F2B​+F2A​⊗CB​ is Δ3/2−ε-robust with Δγ-resistance]⟶1.

The milestones are the paper's numbered appendix statements: Lemma 31 converts concentration on few rows and columns into Definition 5's sharper weight-based bounds; Lemmas 24–29 address ranks and probabilities for random kernels and punctured kernels; Theorem 30 gives the quantitative high-probability alternative used before the final limit. The goal fixes the exponents and quantifies over the whole uniform matrix experiment.

Significance

Theorem 9 certifies that the robustness hypothesis needed by the paper's distance construction occurs with asymptotic probability one. It covers all allowed puncturings at once, which matters because a later distance argument deletes coordinates selected by the codeword under study. A statement about one fixed puncturing would not provide that guarantee. The result is proved in the 2022 paper; this mission poses its statements for machine-checked proofs and does not claim that those proofs already exist.

Formalizing the result produces reusable finite probability statements for random linear codes, a parity-check treatment of puncturing, and rank bounds for sparse binary matrices. Those ingredients are independent of the group complex used in the paper's other mission. They can support later formalizations of random coding arguments where a union over many coordinate restrictions is necessary.

Difficulty

The evident first check is that one fixed low-weight matrix probably does not belong to a random dual tensor code. That alone does not establish robustness: the statement ranges over all such matrices and, for resistance, over every pair of large retained coordinate sets. The paper's intermediate results control this whole collection using rank information about sparse matrices and the exact probability that independent vectors lie in a random kernel. A further issue is that puncturing a parity-check code does not simply delete columns from its defining matrix; the discarded columns contribute a random subspace. The quantitative event in Theorem 30 and the simultaneous limit in Theorem 9 both have to survive these ranges.

Formalization scope

Lean uses ZMod 2 for F2\mathbb F_2F2​, Fin \Delta for each coordinate set, and functions on A×BA\times BA×B for matrices. Rows are indexed by AAA and belong to CBC_BCB​; columns are indexed by BBB and belong to CAC_ACA​. The published TillichZemor.HGP.Setting supplies the parity-check kernel and the extended-natural minimum distance, whose value is infinity for the zero code. CodingTheory is a published prerequisite. Local definitions give the row and column codes, their sum, puncturing, robustness, uniform finite probability, generator row span, and binary entropy in bits.

The printed matrix sizes ρAΔ\rho_A\DeltaρA​Δ and (1−ρB)Δ(1-\rho_B)\Delta(1−ρB​)Δ need integer values. The chosen floor and ceiling keep their respective dimensions within the bounds used in the appendix. Every logarithm in the formalized appendix bounds means log⁡2\log_2log2​, including occurrences printed simply as log⁡\loglog. Theorem 30 includes an explicit sufficiently-large-Δ\DeltaΔ threshold, as its proof's asymptotic count requires, and carries the appendix's preceding entropy condition δ<h−1(1−ρ)\delta<h^{-1}(1-\rho)δ<h−1(1−ρ) as δ<1/2\delta<1/2δ<1/2 and h2(δ)<1−ρh_2(\delta)<1-\rhoh2​(δ)<1−ρ. Lemmas 25, 26, and 29 use the preceding condition d>2αΔd>2\alpha\Deltad>2αΔ; the symbol beside Δ\DeltaΔ in the scan is ambiguous, and the argument on p. 29 determines this reading. These choices are recorded for audit in MODERATION_NOTES.md.

The probability space is all matrices of each stated size, with the two matrices in Theorem 9 sampled independently. There is no conditioning on a favorable code or an assumed version of Theorem 30 in the goal. The mission does not formalize the later quantum Tanner code construction or the cited Gilbert–Varshamov result as an additional item. Contributions proving the goal, the numbered milestones, or reusable rank and finite-probability facts are within scope.

Selected references

  • Anthony Leverrier and Gilles Zémor, Quantum Tanner codes, arXiv:2202.13641v3, 2022. Preprint.
  • Pavel Panteleev and Gleb Kalachev, Asymptotically good quantum and locally testable classical LDPC codes, arXiv:2111.03654, 2021. Preprint.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraQuantum Error CorrectionQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversing quantum dynamics with near-optimal quantum and classical fidelity I: The Reversal Operation Attains at Least the Square of the Optimal Average Entanglement FidelityResearch Paper

Motivation

Quantum error correction and quantum communication both ask the same question: after a known noise process A\mathcal AA has acted on a quantum system, how well can its effect be undone? For a given noise model the best recovery is the solution of a semidefinite program, which gives a number but no structure and no formula. Barnum and Knill showed in 2000 that a single, explicit recovery map, built from A\mathcal AA and the input state alone, is always close to the best one: its fidelity is at least the square of the optimal fidelity (arXiv:quant-ph/0004088). The map they use is now usually called the Petz recovery map or transpose channel; Petz had introduced it in operator-algebraic work on sufficiency (Petz 1986; Petz 1988). Near-optimality results of this kind underlie approximate quantum error correction and the later theory of recoverability in quantum information.

Timeline.

  • 1986–1988, D. Petz: the map ρ1/2A†(A(ρ)−1/2 ⋅ A(ρ)−1/2)ρ1/2\rho^{1/2}\mathcal A^\dagger(\mathcal A(\rho)^{-1/2}\,\cdot\,\mathcal A(\rho)^{-1/2})\rho^{1/2}ρ1/2A†(A(ρ)−1/2⋅A(ρ)−1/2)ρ1/2 characterizes when a channel can be reversed exactly on a family of states.
  • 2002, Barnum and Knill (J. Math. Phys. 43, 2097; doi:10.1063/1.1459754): in the published version, the reversal operation achieves at least the square of the optimal entanglement fidelity for a single input state.
  • arXiv v2 of the same paper (the source of this mission): the published Eq. (34) had dropped the ensemble weights; with that corrected, the bound holds for the average entanglement fidelity of any ensemble of commuting density matrices (Acknowledgments, p. 14).

Setting

A finite-dimensional quantum system is described by complex n×nn\times nn×n matrices; X†X^\daggerX† is the conjugate transpose, and a density matrix is a positive semidefinite matrix of trace one. A completely positive map A\mathcal AA is given by a finite decomposition A∼{Ai}i\mathcal A\sim\{A_i\}_iA∼{Ai​}i​ of matrices and acts by

A(X)=∑iAiXAi†.\mathcal A(X)=\sum_iA_iXA_i^\dagger .A(X)=i∑​Ai​XAi†​.

It is trace-preserving if ∑iAi†Ai=I\sum_iA_i^\dagger A_i=I∑i​Ai†​Ai​=I and trace-nonincreasing if ∑iAi†Ai≤I\sum_iA_i^\dagger A_i\le I∑i​Ai†​Ai​≤I in the Loewner order. The composite RA\mathcal R\mathcal ARA has decomposition {RkAi}(k,i)\{R_kA_i\}_{(k,i)}{Rk​Ai​}(k,i)​.

For a state ρ\rhoρ the paper defines the reversal operation

RA,ρ∼{ρ1/2Ai† A(ρ)−1/2}i,\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}\sim\{\rho^{1/2}A_i^\dagger\,\mathcal A(\rho)^{-1/2}\}_i,RA,ρ​∼{ρ1/2Ai†​A(ρ)−1/2}i​,

under the standing assumption that A(ρ)\mathcal A(\rho)A(ρ) has full support. Here X−1/2X^{-1/2}X−1/2 is the generalized inverse square root: invert the square roots of the non-zero eigenvalues and keep the zero eigenvalues.

Fidelities are measured by the entanglement fidelity Fe(ρ,K)=∑k∣tr⁡Kkρ∣2F_e(\rho,\mathcal K)=\sum_k|\operatorname{tr}K_k\rho|^2Fe​(ρ,K)=∑k​∣trKk​ρ∣2 of a map K∼{Kk}k\mathcal K\sim\{K_k\}_kK∼{Kk​}k​ and, for an ensemble E={pl,ρl}lE=\{p_l,\rho_l\}_lE={pl​,ρl​}l​ (weights pl≥0p_l\ge0pl​≥0 summing to one, density matrices ρl\rho_lρl​), by the average entanglement fidelity

Fˉe(E,K)=∑lplFe(ρl,K).\bar F_e(E,\mathcal K)=\sum_lp_lF_e(\rho_l,\mathcal K).Fˉe​(E,K)=l∑​pl​Fe​(ρl​,K).

When ρ=∑ipi∣i⟩⟨i∣\rho=\sum_ip_i|i\rangle\langle i|ρ=∑i​pi​∣i⟩⟨i∣ in an orthonormal eigenbasis, the classical fidelity is Fcl(ρ,K)=∑ipi⟨i∣K(∣i⟩⟨i∣)∣i⟩F_{\mathrm{cl}}(\rho,\mathcal K)=\sum_ip_i\langle i|\mathcal K(|i\rangle\langle i|)|i\rangleFcl​(ρ,K)=∑i​pi​⟨i∣K(∣i⟩⟨i∣)∣i⟩, the average entanglement fidelity of the ensemble of eigenstates.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 7)

Let A\mathcal AA be trace-preserving, E={pl,ρl}lE=\{p_l,\rho_l\}_lE={pl​,ρl​}l​ an ensemble of pairwise commuting density matrices, ρ=∑lplρl\rho=\sum_lp_l\rho_lρ=∑l​pl​ρl​, and assume A(ρ)\mathcal A(\rho)A(ρ) has full support. Then for every trace-preserving completely positive R\mathcal RR,

Fˉe(E,RA,ρA)  ≥  Fˉe(E,RA)2.\bar F_e(E,\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}\mathcal A)\;\ge\;\bar F_e(E,\mathcal R\mathcal A)^2 .Fˉe​(E,RA,ρ​A)≥Fˉe​(E,RA)2.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 7): RA,ρ\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}RA,ρ​ depends only on the map A\mathcal AA, not on its decomposition.
  2. (14)–(15) (p. 7): after replacing RkR_kRk​ by PCRkP_CR_kPC​Rk​ (PCP_CPC​ the support projector of ρ\rhoρ), which leaves Fˉe\bar F_eFˉe​ unchanged and makes R\mathcal RR trace-nonincreasing, each Rk=ρ1/2Bk†A(ρ)−1/2R_k=\rho^{1/2}B_k^\dagger\mathcal A(\rho)^{-1/2}Rk​=ρ1/2Bk†​A(ρ)−1/2, and B(ρ)≤A(ρ)\mathcal B(\rho)\le\mathcal A(\rho)B(ρ)≤A(ρ).
  3. (28)–(32) (p. 9): ∑lpl∑i∣tr⁡ρlRilBil∣2≤∑lpl∑i,jtr⁡RilBjlρlBjl†Ril†\sum_lp_l\sum_i|\operatorname{tr}\rho_lR^l_iB^l_i|^2\le\sum_lp_l\sum_{i,j}\operatorname{tr}R^l_iB^l_j\rho_lB_j^{l\dagger}R_i^{l\dagger}∑l​pl​∑i​∣trρl​Ril​Bil​∣2≤∑l​pl​∑i,j​trRil​Bjl​ρl​Bjl†​Ril†​.
  4. (33)–(34) (p. 9): that sum equals tr⁡R(B(ρ))≤tr⁡R(A(ρ))≤1\operatorname{tr}\mathcal R(\mathcal B(\rho))\le\operatorname{tr}\mathcal R(\mathcal A(\rho))\le1trR(B(ρ))≤trR(A(ρ))≤1.

Two companions are also posed: Proposition 2, RA,ρ(A(ρ))=ρ\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}(\mathcal A(\rho))=\rhoRA,ρ​(A(ρ))=ρ, and Corollary 4, Fcl(ρ,RA)≤Fcl(ρ,RA,ρA)F_{\mathrm{cl}}(\rho,\mathcal R\mathcal A)\le\sqrt{F_{\mathrm{cl}}(\rho,\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}\mathcal A)}Fcl​(ρ,RA)≤Fcl​(ρ,RA,ρ​A)​ and Fe(ρ,RA)≤Fe(ρ,RA,ρA)F_e(\rho,\mathcal R\mathcal A)\le\sqrt{F_e(\rho,\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}\mathcal A)}Fe​(ρ,RA)≤Fe​(ρ,RA,ρ​A)​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 says that the error 1−Fˉe1-\bar F_e1−Fˉe​ of the reversal operation is at most twice the optimal error, since (1−η)2≥1−2η(1-\eta)^2\ge1-2\eta(1−η)2≥1−2η. It gives a closed-form recovery whose performance is within a factor two in error of the semidefinite optimum, for every noise process and every commuting ensemble. Taking the ensemble of eigenstates of ρ\rhoρ (Corollary 4) gives the same guarantee for classical information sent through a quantum channel; the companion mission (II of this series) applies the construction to state discrimination, where the reversal operation is the pretty good measurement.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; none of it has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The mission asks for the full argument: the decomposition independence of the reversal map, the reduction to the support of ρ\rhoρ, the singular-value change of decomposition (17)–(18), the chain (19)–(26) of Cauchy–Schwarz inequalities, and the normalization (27)–(34). It also fixes in Lean the arXiv v2 statement (commuting ensembles), which is stronger than the published one.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to compare RA,ρ\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}RA,ρ​ with an optimal R\mathcal RR term by term. That fails: the fidelity of RA\mathcal R\mathcal ARA is a sum of squared traces mixing the decompositions of R\mathcal RR and A\mathcal AA, and no termwise inequality relates it to the fidelity of RA,ρA\mathcal R_{\mathcal A,\rho}\mathcal ARA,ρ​A. The paper first rewrites every recovery in the shape of the reversal map, then chooses, for each ensemble member separately, new decompositions of A\mathcal AA and B\mathcal BB that diagonalize a coefficient matrix; making that choice legitimate needs the unitary freedom of Kraus decompositions, which Mathlib does not have. The commutation [ρ,ρl]=0[\rho,\rho_l]=0[ρ,ρl​]=0 is used to move fractional powers of ρ\rhoρ and ρl\rho_lρl​ past each other inside traces; without commutation the authors do not know whether the theorem holds (p. 10).

Formalization scope

  • Matrices are Matrix n n ℂ over a finite type n with decidable equality; Loewner order, square roots and functional calculus come from Mathlib (open scoped MatrixOrder). The map X↦∑iAiXAi†X\mapsto\sum_iA_iXA_i^\daggerX↦∑i​Ai​XAi†​ is the published PeresTerno.krausUpdate, referenced, not redefined.
  • Maps are unbundled Kraus families over arbitrary finite index types. The recovery R\mathcal RR in Theorem 3 ranges over every finite family with ∑kRk†Rk=I\sum_kR_k^\dagger R_k=I∑k​Rk†​Rk​=I.
  • X−1/2X^{-1/2}X−1/2 is cfc (fun x => (Real.sqrt x)⁻¹) X, the generalized inverse; Mathlib's junk matrix inverse is not used. The support projector is the functional calculus of the indicator of x≠0x\ne0x=0.
  • FeF_eFe​ is defined by the formula (8), which the paper derives from its purification definition. FclF_{\mathrm{cl}}Fcl​ takes an orthonormal eigenbasis and weights as data, with ρ=∑ipi∣i⟩⟨i∣\rho=\sum_ip_i|i\rangle\langle i|ρ=∑i​pi​∣i⟩⟨i∣ as a hypothesis.
  • Standing hypotheses, all from the paper: A\mathcal AA trace-preserving (§II's noise model); A(ρ)\mathcal A(\rho)A(ρ) positive definite (full support, p. 7); the ensemble is a probability vector of pairwise commuting density matrices with ρ=∑lplρl\rho=\sum_lp_l\rho_lρ=∑l​pl​ρl​.
  • In (34) the page prints tr⁡R(A(ρ))=1\operatorname{tr}\mathcal R(\mathcal A(\rho))=1trR(A(ρ))=1; after the replacement Rk↦PCRkR_k\mapsto P_CR_kRk​↦PC​Rk​ the map is only trace-nonincreasing, so the milestone states ≤1\le1≤1.
  • Trivializing encodings are ruled out: the reversal family is the literal formula (12) for the given A\mathcal AA and the ensemble's own ρ\rhoρ, and the fidelity of a composite map is (8) applied to the composite decomposition {RkAi}\{R_kA_i\}{Rk​Ai​}, never the right-hand side of the proof's chain.
  • Infrastructure a complete development needs, reusable beyond this mission: the unitary freedom of Kraus decompositions, the singular value decomposition of a complex square matrix, the trace Cauchy–Schwarz inequality for Hilbert–Schmidt products, and functional-calculus identities such as ρ1/2ρ−1/2=PC\rho^{1/2}\rho^{-1/2}=P_Cρ1/2ρ−1/2=PC​. Contributions of any of these as separate theorems are welcome. The pure-state, measurement form Popt2≤PPGM≤PoptP_{\mathrm{opt}}^2\le P_{\mathrm{PGM}}\le P_{\mathrm{opt}}Popt2​≤PPGM​≤Popt​ is already posed on the platform as QAlgorithms.Arunachalam.barnumKnill and is not repeated here.

Selected references

  • H. Barnum, E. Knill, Reversing quantum dynamics with near-optimal quantum and classical fidelity, arXiv:quant-ph/0004088v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0004088
  • H. Barnum, E. Knill, same title, J. Math. Phys. 43, 2097 (2002). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1459754
  • D. Petz, Sufficient subalgebras and the relative entropy of states of a von Neumann algebra, Commun. Math. Phys. 105, 123–131 (1986). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01212345
  • D. Petz, Sufficiency of channels over von Neumann algebras, Quart. J. Math. 39, 97–108 (1988). https://doi.org/10.1093/qmath/39.1.97
  • B. Schumacher, Sending entanglement through noisy quantum channels, Phys. Rev. A 54, 2614 (1996). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.54.2614
  • R. A. Horn, C. R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge University Press (1985), §7.3. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810817
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraQuantum Error Correction·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum LDPC Codes with Positive Rate and Minimum Distance Proportional to n^{1/2}: The Hypergraph Product of a Full-Rank [n,k,d] Parity-Check Matrix with Itself Is an [[n²+(n−k)², k², d]] CSS CodeResearch Paper

Motivation

Quantum computers need error correction, and the codes that are cheapest to run in hardware are quantum low-density parity-check (LDPC) codes: every check involves a bounded number of qubits, and every qubit takes part in a bounded number of checks. For a long time the only well-understood quantum LDPC codes were surface codes such as Kitaev's toric code, whose minimum distance grows like the square root of the length but which encode a fixed number of qubits, so their rate tends to zero. Tillich and Zémor (arXiv:0903.0566; IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, 2014; preliminary version ISIT 2009) gave the first general construction of quantum LDPC codes with positive rate and minimum distance proportional to N\sqrt NN​, from any classical LDPC code. Their hypergraph product became the standard building block of the field.

Timeline.

  • 1996: Calderbank–Shor and Steane introduce CSS codes, quantum codes built from two classical binary codes (quant-ph/9512032, quant-ph/9601029).
  • 1997: Kitaev's toric code: LDPC, distance Θ(N)\Theta(\sqrt N)Θ(N​), dimension 2 (quant-ph/9707021).
  • 2009: Tillich and Zémor: the hypergraph product, with positive rate and distance Θ(N)\Theta(\sqrt N)Θ(N​) (this mission).
  • 2020–2021: distance beyond N\sqrt NN​ for quantum LDPC codes: Nlog⁡N\sqrt N\log NN​logN by Evra, Kaufman and Zémor (arXiv:2004.07935); N3/5N^{3/5}N3/5 up to polylogarithmic factors by Hastings, Haah and O'Donnell (arXiv:2009.03921).
  • 2022: Panteleev and Kalachev construct asymptotically good quantum LDPC codes, using lifted products that generalize the hypergraph product (arXiv:2111.03654).

Setting

All codes are binary linear codes, subspaces of F2ι\mathbb F_2^{\iota}F2ι​ for a finite coordinate set ι\iotaι. The Hamming weight ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ of xxx is its number of nonzero coordinates. The minimum distance d(C)d(\mathcal C)d(C) of a code is the least weight of a nonzero codeword, with the convention d({0})=∞d(\{0\})=\inftyd({0})=∞.

A Tanner graph G=T(V,C,E)\mathcal G=\mathcal T(V,C,E)G=T(V,C,E) is the bipartite graph of a parity-check matrix H∈F2C×VH\in\mathbb F_2^{C\times V}H∈F2C×V​: the variable nodes VVV index the columns, the check nodes CCC index the rows, and c∼vc\sim vc∼v iff Hcv=1H_{cv}=1Hcv​=1. Its code is C=ker⁡H\mathcal C=\ker HC=kerH. The transpose Tanner graph GT\mathcal G^TGT is that of HTH^THT, and its code CT=ker⁡HT\mathcal C^T=\ker H^TCT=kerHT is the transpose code. It depends on the matrix HHH, not only on C\mathcal CC.

A CSS code is a pair (CX,CZ)(\mathcal C_X,\mathcal C_Z)(CX​,CZ​) of codes of the same length NNN with CZ⊥⊆CX\mathcal C_Z^\perp\subseteq\mathcal C_XCZ⊥​⊆CX​. Its quantum dimension and quantum minimum distance are

kQ=dim⁡(CX/CZ⊥),dQ=min⁡(dX,dZ),dX=min⁡{∣x∣:x∈CX∖CZ⊥},k_Q=\dim(\mathcal C_X/\mathcal C_Z^\perp),\qquad d_Q=\min(d_X,d_Z),\quad d_X=\min\{|x|:x\in\mathcal C_X\setminus\mathcal C_Z^\perp\},kQ​=dim(CX​/CZ⊥​),dQ​=min(dX​,dZ​),dX​=min{∣x∣:x∈CX​∖CZ⊥​},

with dZd_ZdZ​ defined symmetrically and min⁡∅=∞\min\emptyset=\inftymin∅=∞.

Given H1∈F2C1×V1H_1\in\mathbb F_2^{C_1\times V_1}H1​∈F2C1​×V1​​ and H2∈F2C2×V2H_2\in\mathbb F_2^{C_2\times V_2}H2​∈F2C2​×V2​​ with Tanner graphs G1,G2\mathcal G_1,\mathcal G_2G1​,G2​, the code Q(G1×G2)\mathcal Q(\mathcal G_1\times\mathcal G_2)Q(G1​×G2​) has qubits (V1×V2)⊔(C1×C2)(V_1\times V_2)\sqcup(C_1\times C_2)(V1​×V2​)⊔(C1​×C2​) and check matrices

HX=(H1⊗IV2 ∣ IC1⊗H2T),HZ=(IV1⊗H2 ∣ H1T⊗IC2),H_X=\big(H_1\otimes I_{V_2}\ \big|\ I_{C_1}\otimes H_2^T\big),\qquad H_Z=\big(I_{V_1}\otimes H_2\ \big|\ H_1^T\otimes I_{C_2}\big),HX​=(H1​⊗IV2​​ ​ IC1​​⊗H2T​),HZ​=(IV1​​⊗H2​ ​ H1T​⊗IC2​​),

with CX=ker⁡HX\mathcal C_X=\ker H_XCX​=kerHX​ and CZ=ker⁡HZ\mathcal C_Z=\ker H_ZCZ​=kerHZ​. Write ki=dim⁡Cik_i=\dim\mathcal C_iki​=dimCi​, kiT=dim⁡CiTk_i^T=\dim\mathcal C_i^TkiT​=dimCiT​, di=d(Ci)d_i=d(\mathcal C_i)di​=d(Ci​) and diT=d(CiT)d_i^T=d(\mathcal C_i^T)diT​=d(CiT​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 3)

Let HHH be a full-rank (n−k)×n(n-k)\times n(n−k)×n parity-check matrix of an [n,k,d][n,k,d][n,k,d] code. The code Q(G×G)\mathcal Q(\mathcal G\times\mathcal G)Q(G×G) built from two copies of its Tanner graph is a CSS code with

N=n2+(n−k)2,kQ=k2,dQ=d,N=n^2+(n-k)^2,\qquad k_Q=k^2,\qquad d_Q=d,N=n2+(n−k)2,kQ​=k2,dQ​=d,

and each row of HXH_XHX​ and HZH_ZHZ​ has weight i+ji+ji+j, with iii a row weight and jjj a column weight of HHH.

General results

  • Proposition 14 (dimension): kQ=k1k2+k1Tk2Tk_Q=k_1k_2+k_1^Tk_2^TkQ​=k1​k2​+k1T​k2T​ for any two Tanner graphs.
  • Theorem 15 (distance): dQ≥m:=min⁡(d1,d2,d1T,d2T)d_Q\ge m:=\min(d_1,d_2,d_1^T,d_2^T)dQ​≥m:=min(d1​,d2​,d1T​,d2T​), with dQ=md_Q=mdQ​=m whenever di=md_i=mdi​=m and d3−i≠∞d_{3-i}\ne\inftyd3−i​=∞, or diT=md_i^T=mdiT​=m and d3−iT≠∞d_{3-i}^T\ne\inftyd3−iT​=∞, for some i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2}.

The milestones follow the paper. They are Proposition 4 (validity), eq. (4), Fact 12 and Propositions 9, 10, 13 (product codes and transposes), which lead to Proposition 14. Then come eq. (17), the weight claim and Lemma 16 (lower bound), and the two claims of p. 17 and Lemma 17 (upper bound), which lead to Theorem 15. The degree count of p. 11 gives the row weights.

Significance

The result. The construction needs no orthogonality between the input codes: any two parity-check matrices give a valid CSS code. Its parameters are read off the classical inputs. A family of classical LDPC codes with fixed rate and linear distance therefore gives quantum LDPC codes with fixed rate and distance Θ(N)\Theta(\sqrt N)Θ(N​), and sparse inputs give sparse stabilizers. The toric code is the special case where both inputs are cycle graphs. The hypergraph product is also the base case of the later homological and lifted-product constructions, and the source of the standard decoding and fault-tolerance results for these codes.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; what is missing is a machine-checked proof. The platform holds the toric code's distance and dimension (ToricCode.toric_distance, ToricCode.toric_homologyRank), but over its own chain complex, not over a general construction. This mission produces a reusable layer: Tanner graphs as binary matrices, CSS dimension and distance with the ∞\infty∞ convention, product codes, and the parameters of the hypergraph product for arbitrary finite index sets.

Difficulty

The dimension count is linear algebra once the codes ker⁡HXT\ker H_X^TkerHXT​ and ker⁡HZT\ker H_Z^TkerHZT​ have been identified with product codes. The obstacle is the distance. Lower bounds on the minimum weights of CX\mathcal C_XCX​ and CZ\mathcal C_ZCZ​ themselves are useless: CZ⊥⊆CX\mathcal C_Z^\perp\subseteq\mathcal C_XCZ⊥​⊆CX​ contains the rows of HZH_ZHZ​, which have constant weight, so the minimum weight of CX\mathcal C_XCX​ is bounded by a constant. Any bound of order min⁡(d1,d2,d1T,d2T)\min(d_1,d_2,d_1^T,d_2^T)min(d1​,d2​,d1T​,d2T​) must use the definition of dXd_XdX​ over CX∖CZ⊥\mathcal C_X\setminus\mathcal C_Z^\perpCX​∖CZ⊥​ and show that every low-weight codeword of CX\mathcal C_XCX​ is degenerate, i.e. lies in CZ⊥\mathcal C_Z^\perpCZ⊥​. The upper bound needs an explicit codeword of CX\mathcal C_XCX​ outside CZ⊥\mathcal C_Z^\perpCZ⊥​, and showing that it is not in CZ⊥\mathcal C_Z^\perpCZ⊥​ requires an argument of its own.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a Tanner graph by its matrix H : Matrix C V (ZMod 2) over arbitrary finite index types. The code is ker H, the transpose code is ker Hᵀ, and the dual code is CodingTheory.dualCode from the published definition CodingTheory. Hamming weight is Mathlib's hammingNorm. Minimum distances live in ℕ∞, where the empty infimum is ⊤, the paper's ∞\infty∞. kQk_QkQ​ is the dimension of the quotient of CX\mathcal C_XCX​ by CZ⊥∩CX\mathcal C_Z^\perp\cap\mathcal C_XCZ⊥​∩CX​. In HXH_XHX​ and HZH_ZHZ​ the qubits are ordered (V1×V2)⊔(C1×C2)(V_1\times V_2)\sqcup(C_1\times C_2)(V1​×V2​)⊔(C1​×C2​), as on p. 18. A product code is a set of ι1×ι2\iota_1\times\iota_2ι1​×ι2​ matrices whose columns (fixed second coordinate) lie in the first code. The general results are stated without nonemptiness assumptions; they hold for empty index sets.

Theorem 1 has two disclosed differences from the page:

  • It adds the hypothesis k≤nk\le nk≤n, which is implicit in "[n,k,d][n,k,d][n,k,d]". Without it the matrix has no rows and the dimension claim fails.
  • It drops the word "LDPC", a property of families of codes. Its finite content is the row-weight clause, which is kept.

"There is a construction" is formalized as the paper's construction, the hypergraph product of HHH with itself.

Several encodings would trivialize the statements and are excluded: an N\mathbb NN-valued minimum distance that is 000 on the zero code; dXd_XdX​ taken over CX∖{0}\mathcal C_X\setminus\{0\}CX​∖{0} instead of CX∖CZ⊥\mathcal C_X\setminus\mathcal C_Z^\perpCX​∖CZ⊥​; kQk_QkQ​ computed by truncated natural subtraction; an existential "there is a code with these parameters"; and the transpose code replaced by the dual code.

A complete development needs ranks and kernels of Kronecker products over F2\mathbb F_2F2​, dimensions of product codes (Proposition 9, not in Mathlib), and the restriction of Tanner graphs to induced subgraphs. The product-code and CSS layers are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for Proposition 14 via the Künneth formula.

Selected references

  • J.-P. Tillich and G. Zémor, Quantum LDPC codes with positive rate and minimum distance proportional to the square root of the blocklength, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 60(2), 2014; preprint arXiv:0903.0566v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/0903.0566 , https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2013.2292061
  • A. R. Calderbank and P. W. Shor, Good quantum error-correcting codes exist, Physical Review A 54, 1996. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9512032
  • A. M. Steane, Multiple particle interference and quantum error correction, Proceedings of the Royal Society A 452, 1996. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9601029
  • A. Yu. Kitaev, Fault-tolerant quantum computation by anyons, Annals of Physics 303, 2003. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9707021
  • F. J. MacWilliams and N. J. A. Sloane, The Theory of Error-Correcting Codes, North-Holland, 1977, Ch. 18 §2 (product codes).
  • S. Evra, T. Kaufman and G. Zémor, Decodable quantum LDPC codes beyond the √n distance barrier using high-dimensional expanders, FOCS 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.07935
  • M. B. Hastings, J. Haah and R. O'Donnell, Fiber bundle codes: breaking the N^{1/2} polylog(N) barrier for quantum LDPC codes, STOC 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.03921
  • P. Panteleev and G. Kalachev, Asymptotically good quantum and locally testable classical LDPC codes, STOC 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2111.03654
  • N. P. Breuckmann and J. N. Eberhardt, Quantum low-density parity-check codes, PRX Quantum 2, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2103.06309
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
AlgebraCombinatoricsDiscrete Geometry·Captain: mikedeng1

A Large Family of Maximum Scattered Linear Sets of PG(1, q^n) and Their Associated MRD Codes 2: For Odd q = p^r and t > 4, a Lower Bound on the Number of PΓL-Classes of the Linear Sets L_{h,t}Research Paper

Motivation

A linear set of the projective line PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn) is the set of points ⟨u⟩Fqn\langle u\rangle_{\mathbb F_{q^n}}⟨u⟩Fqn​​ spanned by the nonzero vectors uuu of an Fq\mathbb F_qFq​-subspace U⊆Fqn2U \subseteq \mathbb F_{q^n}^2U⊆Fqn2​. The extremal ones, the maximum scattered linear sets, are given by scattered polynomials fff over Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​, and each such fff also gives an Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​-linear maximum rank-distance (MRD) code Cf={ax+bf(x):a,b∈Fqn}\mathcal C_f = \{ax + bf(x) : a, b \in \mathbb F_{q^n}\}Cf​={ax+bf(x):a,b∈Fqn​} of minimum distance n−1n-1n−1 (Sheekey, Adv. Math. Commun. 10, 2016). Rank-distance codes are used in network coding, and linear sets appear in the study of semifields, blocking sets and two-intersection sets.

Linear sets and codes are classified up to equivalence: two linear sets are the same object if a collineation of the line, an element of PΓL(2,qn)\mathrm{P\Gamma L}(2, q^n)PΓL(2,qn), maps one onto the other. The question is therefore not only whether new scattered polynomials exist but how many inequivalent linear sets they produce.

  • 2000–2001. The monomials xqsx^{q^s}xqs, gcd⁡(s,n)=1\gcd(s,n) = 1gcd(s,n)=1 (Blokhuis–Lavrauw 2000), all give a single linear set of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1,q^n)PG(1,qn) (pseudoregulus type); the binomials δxqs+xqn−s\delta x^{q^s} + x^{q^{n-s}}δxqs+xqn−s (Lunardon–Polverino 2001) give at most φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n) times a function of qqq classes.
  • 2018. Csajbók, Marino and Polverino (J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 157, 2018) develop the equivalence theory of linear sets of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn), including coefficient identities that two qqq-polynomials defining the same linear set must satisfy.
  • 2021. Longobardi and Zanella (J. Algebraic Combin. 2021) give a third family, again with at most φ(n)/2\varphi(n)/2φ(n)/2 classes.
  • 2021. Longobardi, Marino, Trombetti and Zhou (arXiv:2102.08287v3) construct the family ψh,t\psi_{h,t}ψh,t​ (Theorem 3.1, the companion mission) and show (Theorem 5.1) that it contains a number of PΓL\mathrm{P\Gamma L}PΓL-classes growing exponentially in nnn. This mission formalizes that count.

Setting

Let ppp be an odd prime, r≥1r \ge 1r≥1, q=prq = p^rq=pr, t≥1t \ge 1t≥1, n=2tn = 2tn=2t, and let F=FqnF = \mathbb F_{q^n}F=Fqn​ be the finite field of order q2tq^{2t}q2t. Its subfield Fq\mathbb F_qFq​ is {c:cq=c}\{c : c^q = c\}{c:cq=c}.

A qqq-polynomial is a map f(x)=∑i=0n−1αixqif(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} \alpha_i x^{q^i}f(x)=∑i=0n−1​αi​xqi with αi∈F\alpha_i \in Fαi​∈F (qpoly). It is scattered (IsScatteredPoly) if for all z,y∈F∗z, y \in F^*z,y∈F∗, f(z)/z=f(y)/yf(z)/z = f(y)/yf(z)/z=f(y)/y forces z=cyz = cyz=cy with c∈Fqc \in \mathbb F_qc∈Fq​.

The graph of fff is Uf={(x,f(x)):x∈F}⊆F2U_f = \{(x, f(x)) : x \in F\} \subseteq F^2Uf​={(x,f(x)):x∈F}⊆F2 (graph). A point ⟨v⟩Fqn\langle v \rangle_{\mathbb F_{q^n}}⟨v⟩Fqn​​ of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn) is the set of all FFF-multiples of a nonzero v∈F2v \in F^2v∈F2 (point), and the linear set of fff is the point set

Lf={⟨(x,f(x))⟩Fqn:x∈F∗}(linSet).L_f = \{\langle (x, f(x))\rangle_{\mathbb F_{q^n}} : x \in F^*\} \quad (\texttt{linSet}).Lf​={⟨(x,f(x))⟩Fqn​​:x∈F∗}(linSet).

For a field automorphism σ\sigmaσ and an invertible 2×22 \times 22×2 matrix AAA over FFF, the map v↦Avσv \mapsto A v^\sigmav↦Avσ (σ\sigmaσ acting on coordinates, act) is an element of ΓL(2,qn)\Gamma\mathrm L(2, q^n)ΓL(2,qn); with σ=id\sigma = \mathrm{id}σ=id it is in GL(2,qn)\mathrm{GL}(2, q^n)GL(2,qn). Two subsets U,W⊆F2U, W \subseteq F^2U,W⊆F2 are GL- or ΓL-equivalent (GLEquiv, GammaLEquiv) if such a map sends UUU onto WWW. Two point sets are PGL- or PΓL-equivalent (PGLEquiv, PGammaLEquiv) if the induced map on points, P↦{Avσ:v∈P}P \mapsto \{A v^\sigma : v \in P\}P↦{Avσ:v∈P}, sends one onto the other.

The family. For h∈Fh \in Fh∈F,

ψh,t(x)=xq+xqt−1−h1−qt+1xqt+1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1(psi),\psi_{h,t}(x) = x^q + x^{q^{t-1}} - h^{1-q^{t+1}} x^{q^{t+1}} + h^{1-q^{2t-1}} x^{q^{2t-1}} \quad (\texttt{psi}),ψh,t​(x)=xq+xqt−1−h1−qt+1xqt+1+h1−q2t−1xq2t−1(psi),

H={h∈F:hqt+1=−1}H = \{h \in F : h^{q^t+1} = -1\}H={h∈F:hqt+1=−1} (hSet), Uh=Uψh,tU_h = U_{\psi_{h,t}}Uh​=Uψh,t​​ and Lh,t=Lψh,tL_{h,t} = L_{\psi_{h,t}}Lh,t​=Lψh,t​​. For t≥3t \ge 3t≥3 and h∈H∖Fqth \in H \setminus \mathbb F_{q^t}h∈H∖Fqt​, ψh,t\psi_{h,t}ψh,t​ is scattered and Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​ is a maximum scattered linear set (Theorem 3.1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

For t>4t > 4t>4, the number MMM of PΓL(2,qn)\mathrm{P\Gamma L}(2,q^n)PΓL(2,qn)-classes met by the sets Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​, h∈Hh \in Hh∈H, satisfies

M≥{⌊qt+18rt⌋,t≢2(mod4),⌊qt+14rt(q2+1)⌋,t≡2(mod4).M \ge \begin{cases} \left\lfloor \dfrac{q^t+1}{8rt} \right\rfloor, & t \not\equiv 2 \pmod 4,\\[1.5ex] \left\lfloor \dfrac{q^t+1}{4rt(q^2+1)} \right\rfloor, & t \equiv 2 \pmod 4.\end{cases}M≥⎩⎨⎧​⌊8rtqt+1​⌋,⌊4rt(q2+1)qt+1​⌋,​t≡2(mod4),t≡2(mod4).​

It is stated as: some S⊆HS \subseteq HS⊆H of at least that size has pairwise PΓL\mathrm{P\Gamma L}PΓL-inequivalent Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​. The goal fixes the paper's constants; the proof on p. 26 in fact counts classes exactly in terms of class sizes, so a sharper bound is a natural follow-up.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.2 (p. 7): h∈H⇒hq2+1≠1h \in H \Rightarrow h^{q^2+1} \ne 1h∈H⇒hq2+1=1 and hqt−2≠−hh^{q^{t-2}} \ne -hhqt−2=−h.
  2. ∣H∣=qt+1|H| = q^t + 1∣H∣=qt+1 (p. 26).
  3. Display (29) (p. 16): for h,k∈Hh, k \in Hh,k∈H, Uh∼GLUkU_h \sim_{\mathrm{GL}} U_kUh​∼GL​Uk​ iff h=±kh = \pm kh=±k (t≢2t \not\equiv 2t≡2) or h=ℓkh = \ell kh=ℓk with ℓq2+1=1\ell^{q^2+1} = 1ℓq2+1=1 (t≡2 mod 4t \equiv 2 \bmod 4t≡2mod4).
  4. Theorem 4.2 (a)–(b) (p. 16), in the UhU_hUh​ form: Uh∼ΓLUkU_h \sim_{\Gamma\mathrm L} U_kUh​∼ΓL​Uk​ iff h=±kρh = \pm k^\rhoh=±kρ (resp. ℓkρ\ell k^\rhoℓkρ) for some ρ∈Aut(Fqn)\rho \in \mathrm{Aut}(\mathbb F_{q^n})ρ∈Aut(Fqn​).
  5. Proof of Corollary 4.3 (p. 18): the GL-class of UhU_hUh​ in the family has ξh=2\xi_h = 2ξh​=2 (resp. q2+1q^2+1q2+1) members, and its ΓL-class at most nrξhnr\xi_hnrξh​.
  6. Lemma 2.2 (p. 5, from Csajbók–Marino–Polverino): Lf=LgL_f = L_gLf​=Lg​ forces α0=β0\alpha_0 = \beta_0α0​=β0​ and two families of coefficient identities.
  7. Display (37) (pp. 20–21): PGL-equivalence of Lf,LgL_f, L_gLf​,Lg​ as an equality of sets of quotients.
  8. The case b=0b = 0b=0 of (37) (p. 21): c=0c = 0c=0.
  9. Lemma 5.2 (p. 21): the case b=0b = 0b=0 for ψh,t,ψk,t\psi_{h,t}, \psi_{k,t}ψh,t​,ψk,t​ gives (h/k)q2+1=1(h/k)^{q^2+1} = 1(h/k)q2+1=1 and Uh∼ΓLUkU_h \sim_{\Gamma\mathrm L} U_kUh​∼ΓL​Uk​.
  10. Lemma 5.3 (p. 22): the case b=1b = 1b=1, with its three conclusions.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.1 shows that maximum scattered linear sets of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1, q^n)PG(1,qn), and hence Fqn\mathbb F_{q^n}Fqn​-linear MRD codes, exist in numbers exponential in nnn up to equivalence, whereas each previously known infinite family yields at most φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n) times a function of qqq classes (Table 1, p. 3). Remark 5.4 draws the consequence that the family is new. Its intermediate results, the classification of the GL\mathrm{GL}GL- and ΓL\Gamma\mathrm LΓL-equivalences between the UhU_hUh​ (Theorem 4.2) and the reduction of PGL\mathrm{PGL}PGL-equivalence to sets of quotients, are the standard tools for any later classification of this family.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a complete published proof; none of it is machine-checked. The platform has no action of GL(2,qn)\mathrm{GL}(2, q^n)GL(2,qn) or ΓL(2,qn)\Gamma\mathrm L(2, q^n)ΓL(2,qn) on the projective line, no linear sets of PG(1,qn)\mathrm{PG}(1,q^n)PG(1,qn) as point sets, and no coefficient identities for qqq-polynomials defining the same linear set. The mission produces these, then the class counts. Lemma 2.2 is a result of an earlier paper (Csajbók–Marino–Polverino 2018) cited without proof, so formalizing it means formalizing part of that paper too.

Difficulty

Equality of two linear sets is equality of sets of points, which says nothing directly about the polynomials: different qqq-polynomials can define the same linear set (all xqsx^{q^s}xqs with gcd⁡(s,n)=1\gcd(s,n)=1gcd(s,n)=1 do). The obvious idea, that PΓL\mathrm{P\Gamma L}PΓL-equivalent linear sets come from ΓL\Gamma\mathrm LΓL-equivalent subspaces UhU_hUh​, fails in general (p. 3), so the count cannot be read off Theorem 4.2. The step that needs the restriction t>4t > 4t>4 is the comparison of coefficients in the qqq-polynomial identities, which for t=3,4t = 3, 4t=3,4 is open (Remark 5.5). A second difficulty is bookkeeping: the exponents qt±1q^{t\pm1}qt±1, q2t−1q^{2t-1}q2t−1, the negative powers of hhh and the case split on t mod 4t \bmod 4tmod4 must all be tracked through every identity.

Formalization scope

  • Field. FFF is a finite field with CharP F p, p prime, Odd p ("qqq odd"), q = p ^ r with 0 < r, and Fintype.card F = q ^ (2 * t). rrr is the exponent of q=prq = p^rq=pr, as in Theorem 5.1, so ∣Aut(Fqn)∣=rn|\mathrm{Aut}(\mathbb F_{q^n})| = rn∣Aut(Fqn​)∣=rn. Lemma 2.2, (37) and the b=0b = 0b=0 step are stated for general n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 and Fintype.card F = q ^ n, without "qqq odd", as printed.
  • Exponents. xqix^{q^i}xqi is x ^ q ^ i; negative powers of hhh are field quotients (h / h ^ q ^ (t+1) for h1−qt+1h^{1-q^{t+1}}h1−qt+1), exact since h≠0h \ne 0h=0 on HHH. Natural-number subtractions t−1t-1t−1, 2t−12t-12t−1, 3t−23t-23t−2, n−kn-kn−k, qi−1q^i - 1qi−1 are exact in the stated ranges.
  • Geometry. The plane is Fin 2 → F; points are sets of scalar multiples; linear sets are sets of points. Equivalences are stated as images of sets under v↦Avσv \mapsto A v^\sigmav↦Avσ with det⁡A\det AdetA a unit and σ:F≃F\sigma : F \simeq Fσ:F≃F a ring automorphism.
  • Pinned readings.
    1. "Scattered" is the p. 2 quotient definition with Fq={c:cq=c}\mathbb F_q = \{c : c^q = c\}Fq​={c:cq=c}.
    2. Proposition 3.2's hqt−2h^{q^{t-2}}hqt−2 is read as hq3t−2h^{q^{3t-2}}hq3t−2 (equal for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2), and "qqq odd" is added.
    3. Theorem 4.2 (a)–(b), stated for codes Ch,t\mathcal C_{h,t}Ch,t​, is formalized as the ΓL\Gamma\mathrm LΓL-equivalence of Uh,UkU_h, U_kUh​,Uk​, which the proof establishes and which is the code equivalence by Theorem 2.1 (from Sheekey 2016). The automorphism-group sentence is omitted.
    4. Lemma 5.3's hypothesis "(41) holds" is read in the setting of p. 21: b=1b = 1b=1, cˉ=c−da≠0\bar c = c - da \ne 0cˉ=c−da=0, gˉ=∑γiyqi\bar g = \sum \gamma_i y^{q^i}gˉ​=∑γi​yqi inverse to x↦ax+g(x)x \mapsto ax + g(x)x↦ax+g(x) (47), and d+cˉγ0=0d + \bar c\gamma_0 = 0d+cˉγ0​=0 (40).
    5. In (37), ax+bg(x)≠0ax + bg(x) \ne 0ax+bg(x)=0 for x≠0x \ne 0x=0 is part of the condition (stated on p. 21 for b=1b = 1b=1).
    6. "The total number MMM of inequivalent Lh,tL_{h,t}Lh,t​" is the number of classes met by {Lh,t:h∈H}\{L_{h,t} : h \in H\}{Lh,t​:h∈H}, formalized through a pairwise-inequivalent subset of HHH. HHH is not restricted to h∉Fqth \notin \mathbb F_{q^t}h∈/Fqt​, as in the count ∣H∣=qt+1|H| = q^t+1∣H∣=qt+1 of p. 26; "maximum scattered" is descriptive.
  • Trivializing formalizations ruled out. Equivalence is stated on point sets, never on quotient sets {f(x)/x}\{f(x)/x\}{f(x)/x}, where Lean's y/0=0y/0 = 0y/0=0 could merge inequivalent sets; the goal requires pairwise inequivalence, not distinctness of the parameters hhh (note ψ−h,t=ψh,t\psi_{-h,t} = \psi_{h,t}ψ−h,t​=ψh,t​); and the hypotheses are satisfiable, with bound ⌊244/40⌋=6\lfloor 244/40 \rfloor = 6⌊244/40⌋=6 at q=3q = 3q=3, t=5t = 5t=5.
  • Citation basis. All indices and pages refer to arXiv:2102.08287v3 (printed page = PDF page). The Combinatorica version is not used.
  • Welcome contributions. The ΓL(2,qn)\Gamma\mathrm L(2,q^n)ΓL(2,qn) action on F2F^2F2 and on point sets, the cardinality of {h:hqt+1=−1}\{h : h^{q^t+1} = -1\}{h:hqt+1=−1}, and Lemma 2.2 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of Theorem 3.1 in the companion mission, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Longobardi, G. Marino, R. Trombetti, Y. Zhou, A large family of maximum scattered linear sets of PG(1, q^n) and their associated MRD codes, arXiv:2102.08287v3, 2021 (Combinatorica 43, 2023). https://arxiv.org/abs/2102.08287v3
  • B. Csajbók, G. Marino, O. Polverino, Classes and equivalence of linear sets in PG(1, q^n), J. Combin. Theory Ser. A 157, 402–426, 2018.
  • J. Sheekey, A new family of linear maximum rank distance codes, Adv. Math. Commun. 10(3), 475–488, 2016.
  • G. Longobardi, C. Zanella, Linear sets and MRD-codes arising from a class of scattered linearized polynomials, J. Algebraic Combin., 2021. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10801-020-01011-9
  • A. Blokhuis, M. Lavrauw, Scattered spaces with respect to a spread in PG(n, q), Geometriae Dedicata 81(1), 231–243, 2000.
  • G. Lunardon, O. Polverino, Blocking sets and derivable partial spreads, J. Algebraic Combin. 14(1), 49–56, 2001.
  • B. Csajbók, C. Zanella, On the equivalence of linear sets, Des. Codes Cryptogr. 81(2), 269–281, 2016.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Hierarchies for Constrained Bilinear Optimization II: De Finetti Without Symmetry — Random Subsystems Are 3k^{3/2}d_B³ log d_B/√(n−k+1)-Close to Product in ExpectationResearch Paper

Motivation

Quantum information often describes a system through a state shared among many small registers. One would like to replace the state on a few registers by a product of their individual states, because product states are easier to estimate and optimize over. The usual finite quantum de Finetti theorems obtain such approximations from permutation symmetry. A physical preparation, however, need not be symmetric. Berta, Borderi, Fawzi and Scholz give a quantitative statement that instead selects the retained registers at random and conditions on measurements of other registers. Their Theorem 2.5 is the target here.

The authors place this result alongside their hierarchy for constrained bilinear optimization, but the theorem without symmetry is independent of the hierarchy. In §2.6 they compare its polynomial dependence on the local dimension and the number of retained registers with the earlier no-symmetry approximation discussed in their reference [12]. The result identifies exactly what random selection and measurement can supply when a global permutation-invariance hypothesis is unavailable.

Setting

Let BBB be a quantum system of dimension dBd_BdB​, and let ρ\rhoρ be an arbitrary density operator on nnn copies of BBB. Choose a uniformly random permutation of these copies. Its first kkk positions form an ordered tuple i⃗=(i1,…,ik)\vec i=(i_1,\ldots,i_k)i=(i1​,…,ik​) of systems to retain; the remaining r=n−kr=n-kr=n−k positions form an ordered tuple j⃗=(j1,…,jr)\vec j=(j_1,\ldots,j_r)j​=(j1​,…,jr​) available for measurement. There is no symmetry condition on ρ\rhoρ.

A measurement on BBB has finitely many outcomes zzz and positive operators MzM_zMz​ whose sum is the identity. Measure the first mmm systems j1,…,jmj_1,\ldots,j_mj1​,…,jm​, where 0≤m≤r0\le m\le r0≤m≤r, and condition the retained state on the observed outcomes. Write ρi⃗∣z\rho_{\vec i\mid z}ρi∣z​ for that conditional state and ρis∣z\rho_{i_s\mid z}ρis​∣z​ for its marginal on the sssth retained system. The trace norm ∥X∥1=Tr⁡X†X\|X\|_1=\operatorname{Tr}\sqrt{X^\dagger X}∥X∥1​=TrX†X​ measures the error between ρi⃗∣z\rho_{\vec i\mid z}ρi∣z​ and ρi1∣z⊗⋯⊗ρik∣z\rho_{i_1\mid z}\otimes\cdots\otimes\rho_{i_k\mid z}ρi1​∣z​⊗⋯⊗ρik​∣z​. The expectation is over the uniform permutation and the measurement outcomes, with their Born-rule probabilities.

The distortion with side information of a fixed measurement is the largest ratio between an input trace norm and the norm left after measuring only its BBB factor. The input ranges over Hermitian operators on A⊗BA\otimes BA⊗B, over every finite-dimensional side system AAA, with zero partial trace on both AAA and BBB. The paper's f(B∣⋅)f(B\mid\cdot)f(B∣⋅) is the infimum of this distortion over all measurements on BBB equation (10). A state two-design is a finite family of rank-one projectors whose average second tensor power is the projector onto the symmetric subspace with the normalization in Lemma D.1. The projectors give an explicit measurement with distortion at most dB2(dB+1)d_B^2(d_B+1)dB2​(dB​+1).

Formalization targets

The principal target is the explicit form of Theorem 2.5. For 1≤k≤n1\le k\le n1≤k≤n, put r=n−kr=n-kr=n−k. With the two-design measurement, some m∈{0,…,r}m\in\{0,\ldots,r\}m∈{0,…,r} satisfies

Ei⃗,j⃗,z∥ρi⃗∣z−⨂s=1kρis∣z∥1≤kdB2(dB+1)(2ln⁡2)(k−1)log⁡2dBr+1≤3k3/2dB3log⁡2dBr+1.\mathbb E_{\vec i,\vec j,z}\left\|\rho_{\vec i\mid z}-\bigotimes_{s=1}^k\rho_{i_s\mid z}\right\|_1 \le k d_B^2(d_B+1)\sqrt{\frac{(2\ln 2)(k-1)\log_2 d_B}{r+1}} \le \frac{3k^{3/2}d_B^3\log_2 d_B}{\sqrt{r+1}}.Ei,j​,z​​ρi∣z​−s=1⨂k​ρis​∣z​​1​≤kdB2​(dB​+1)r+1(2ln2)(k−1)log2​dB​​​≤r+1​3k3/2dB3​log2​dB​​.

Here the zzz in the expectation is the outcome string for the first mmm members of j⃗\vec jj​. The same mmm is chosen before taking that expectation. This rate is stated with its constants and its two consecutive inequalities; an existence assertion without the error bound would lose the theorem's content.

The milestone path also states the telescoping trace-norm inequality of equation (12), the measurement estimate of Lemma D.1, and the final averaged inequality on p. 11. A companion milestone treats any fixed POVM with its own distortion. That formulation captures the proof's arbitrary-measurement step without treating the infimum f(B∣⋅)f(B\mid\cdot)f(B∣⋅) as if every measurement attained it.

Significance

For an arbitrary multipartite state, random ordering and conditioning give one measured prefix length at which the selected registers have small expected distance from a product. The explicit rate is polynomial in dBd_BdB​ and kkk and decays as 1/n−k+11/\sqrt{n-k+1}1/n−k+1​. It therefore gives a quantitative approximation guarantee under a selection rule that can be applied without first establishing exchangeability Berta et al., §2.6.

The theorem is proved in the paper; the work here is to express its state, measurement, conditional distribution, and norm bound in Lean and to connect the estimate to reusable finite-dimensional quantum-information definitions. The local statements are currently proof obligations, not machine-checked proofs. The published density-operator, trace-norm, and partial-trace definitions are reused. Once proved, the statements can serve as a precise interface for subsequent formal work on randomized subsystem selection and information-theoretic decoupling.

Difficulty

Randomly choosing systems does not turn the original state into a product state. A direct bound on the distance to a product can be large even when each one-system marginal is simple, because correlations among the retained systems remain. Equation (12) breaks the total error into successive correlation terms; the paper controls their average by measuring other systems and using information-theoretic estimates. A second difficulty is that a measurement can erase distinctions between different input operators. The two-design estimate supplies a dimension-dependent bound on that loss, uniformly over the size of a side system.

The printed theorem leaves the measurement MBM_BMB​ unspecified while using the minimum distortion over all measurements. A trivial measurement cannot satisfy that reading. The proof explicitly permits the measurement built from a state two-design, with dB2(dB+1)d_B^2(d_B+1)dB2​(dB​+1) replacing f(B∣⋅)f(B\mid\cdot)f(B∣⋅); that is the measurement used in the goal proof of Theorem 2.5, p. 10.

Formalization scope

The BBB system has basis Fin dB; nnn copies have basis Fin n → Fin dB. The formalization writes n=k+rn=k+rn=k+r, assumes k≥1k\ge1k≥1, and ranges over m≤rm\le rm≤r. A state is a positive semidefinite complex matrix with trace one. Permutations act on the copy coordinates, and their finite uniform average models the paper's random ordered tuples. Measurement outcomes are finite words; the conditional state divides the unnormalized post-measurement state by its probability. A zero-probability outcome uses Lean's zero inverse and contributes zero to the weighted expectation. The existence of a state and of a nonempty two-design rules out zero-dimensional and empty-outcome instances in the goal.

The fixed-measurement distortion and f(B∣⋅)f(B\mid\cdot)f(B∣⋅) take values in extended nonnegative reals, so a measurement that destroys a nonzero operator has infinite distortion. The logarithm is base two except for ln⁡2\ln 2ln2. The definitions use the paper's unnormalized trace norm, with no factor 1/21/21/2. No mutual-information estimate or Pinsker inequality is assumed in the goal: both belong to possible proofs. Contributions proving the stated milestones, the positivity and normalization of the conditional states, or reusable trace-norm facts for finite tensor products all advance the target.

Selected references

  • M. Berta, F. Borderi, O. Fawzi and V. B. Scholz, Semidefinite programming hierarchies for constrained bilinear optimization, Mathematical Programming, 2021; arXiv:1810.12197v3.
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Hierarchies for Constrained Bilinear Optimization I: The Linearly Constrained de Finetti SDP Hierarchy Satisfies Q ≤ SDPₙ ≤ Q + ‖G‖∞·d_B²(d_B+1)·√((2 ln 2) log d_A / n)Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in quantum information theory ask for the maximum of a linear functional over pairs of quantum states, one on each of two systems, subject to linear constraints on each state. The best success probability of an approximate quantum error-correcting code of given size is of this form: the encoder and the decoder are quantum channels, their Choi matrices are states with fixed marginals, and the objective is bilinear in the two (Berta, Borderi, Fawzi & Scholz, arXiv:1810.12197, §4). Such constrained bilinear programs are nonconvex. Seesaw methods give lower bounds that often converge in practice, but they offer no guarantee of global optimality. What is needed is a hierarchy of efficiently computable outer bounds that converges to the optimum, with an explicit rate.

For the unconstrained problem, the optimisation over separable states, such a hierarchy is classical: the Doherty–Parrilo–Spedalieri hierarchy of nnn-extendible states, whose convergence follows from finite quantum de Finetti theorems (Christandl, König, Mitchison & Renner 2007; Brandão & Harrow 2013). The standard de Finetti approximant is, however, a mixture of product states that need not satisfy the linear constraints, so it says nothing about the constrained problem. The paper proves a de Finetti theorem with linear constraints (Theorem 2.3) and derives from it a semidefinite hierarchy for constrained bilinear programs with a convergence guarantee (Theorem 3.1).

Setting

A ddd-dimensional quantum system has operator space S=Cd×d\mathcal S=\mathbb C^{d\times d}S=Cd×d; a state is a positive semidefinite W∈SW\in\mathcal SW∈S with Tr W=1\mathrm{Tr}\,W=1TrW=1. Let AAA and BBB be systems of dimensions dAd_AdA​ and dBd_BdB​. The data are an objective GAB∈SA⊗SBG_{AB}\in\mathcal S_A\otimes\mathcal S_BGAB​∈SA​⊗SB​, arbitrary linear maps ΛA→CA:SA→SCA\Lambda_{A\to C_A}:\mathcal S_A\to\mathcal S_{C_A}ΛA→CA​​:SA​→SCA​​ and ΓB→CB:SB→SCB\Gamma_{B\to C_B}:\mathcal S_B\to\mathcal S_{C_B}ΓB→CB​​:SB​→SCB​​, and matrices XCAX_{C_A}XCA​​, YCBY_{C_B}YCB​​. The constrained bilinear program is

Q=max⁡ Tr[GAB(WA⊗WB)]s.t. WA,WB states,ΛA→CA(WA)=XCA,ΓB→CB(WB)=YCB.Q=\max\ \mathrm{Tr}[G_{AB}(W_A\otimes W_B)]\quad\text{s.t. } W_A,W_B\ \text{states},\quad \Lambda_{A\to C_A}(W_A)=X_{C_A},\quad \Gamma_{B\to C_B}(W_B)=Y_{C_B}.Q=max Tr[GAB​(WA​⊗WB​)]s.t. WA​,WB​ states,ΛA→CA​​(WA​)=XCA​​,ΓB→CB​​(WB​)=YCB​​.

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let B1,…,BnB_1,\dots,B_nB1​,…,Bn​ be copies of BBB. A state WAB1nW_{AB_1^n}WAB1n​​ on A⊗B1⋯BnA\otimes B_1\cdots B_nA⊗B1​⋯Bn​ is symmetric with respect to AAA if it is invariant under every permutation UB1nπ\mathcal U^\pi_{B_1^n}UB1n​π​ of the copies B1,…,BnB_1,\dots,B_nB1​,…,Bn​, π∈Sn\pi\in\mathfrak S_nπ∈Sn​. Write WB1n=TrAWAB1nW_{B_1^n}=\mathrm{Tr}_A W_{AB_1^n}WB1n​​=TrA​WAB1n​​, WB1n−1=TrBnWB1nW_{B_1^{n-1}}=\mathrm{Tr}_{B_n}W_{B_1^n}WB1n−1​​=TrBn​​WB1n​​ and WAB1=TrB2nWAB1nW_{AB_1}=\mathrm{Tr}_{B_2^n}W_{AB_1^n}WAB1​​=TrB2n​​WAB1n​​. The level-nnn program is

SDPn=max⁡ Tr[GABWAB1]s.t. WAB1n a state, symmetric with respect to A,\mathrm{SDP}_n=\max\ \mathrm{Tr}[G_{AB}W_{AB_1}]\quad\text{s.t. } W_{AB_1^n}\ \text{a state, symmetric with respect to } A,SDPn​=max Tr[GAB​WAB1​​]s.t. WAB1n​​ a state, symmetric with respect to A, (ΛA→CA⊗IB1n)(WAB1n)=XCA⊗WB1n,(IB1n−1⊗ΓBn→CB)(WB1n)=WB1n−1⊗YCB.(\Lambda_{A\to C_A}\otimes\mathcal I_{B_1^n})(W_{AB_1^n})=X_{C_A}\otimes W_{B_1^n},\qquad (\mathcal I_{B_1^{n-1}}\otimes\Gamma_{B_n\to C_B})(W_{B_1^n})=W_{B_1^{n-1}}\otimes Y_{C_B}.(ΛA→CA​​⊗IB1n​​)(WAB1n​​)=XCA​​⊗WB1n​​,(IB1n−1​​⊗ΓBn​→CB​​)(WB1n​​)=WB1n−1​​⊗YCB​​.

It is a semidefinite program of size polynomial in dAd_AdA​ and dBnd_B^ndBn​.

The rate involves the trace norm ∥X∥1=Tr∣X∣\|X\|_1=\mathrm{Tr}|X|∥X∥1​=Tr∣X∣, the Schatten ∞\infty∞-norm ∥G∥∞\|G\|_\infty∥G∥∞​ (largest singular value), and the minimal distortion with side information of BBB,

f(B∣⋅)=inf⁡MB sup⁡ξAB†=ξABξA=0, ξB=0∥ξAB∥1∥(IA⊗MB)(ξAB)∥1,f(B|\cdot)=\inf_{\mathcal M_B}\ \sup_{\substack{\xi_{AB}^\dagger=\xi_{AB}\\ \xi_A=0,\ \xi_B=0}}\frac{\|\xi_{AB}\|_1}{\|(\mathcal I_A\otimes\mathcal M_B)(\xi_{AB})\|_1},f(B∣⋅)=MB​inf​ ξAB†​=ξAB​ξA​=0, ξB​=0​sup​∥(IA​⊗MB​)(ξAB​)∥1​∥ξAB​∥1​​,

the infimum over measurements MB\mathcal M_BMB​ on BBB and the supremum over all finite-dimensional AAA; f(A,B)f(A,B)f(A,B) is the analogue with product measurements MA⊗MB\mathcal M_A\otimes\mathcal M_BMA​⊗MB​. Throughout, log⁡\loglog is base 2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 with its explicit rate

Q ≤ SDPn ≤ Q+∥GAB∥∞ dB2(dB+1)(2ln⁡2)log⁡dAn(n≥1),Q=lim⁡n→∞SDPn.Q\ \le\ \mathrm{SDP}_n\ \le\ Q+\|G_{AB}\|_\infty\,d_B^2(d_B+1)\sqrt{\frac{(2\ln2)\log d_A}{n}}\quad(n\ge1),\qquad Q=\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathrm{SDP}_n.Q ≤ SDPn​ ≤ Q+∥GAB​∥∞​dB2​(dB​+1)n(2ln2)logdA​​​(n≥1),Q=n→∞lim​SDPn​.

The page states 0≤SDPn−Q≤poly(d)/n0\le\mathrm{SDP}_n-Q\le\mathrm{poly}(d)/\sqrt n0≤SDPn​−Q≤poly(d)/n​ with d=max⁡{dA,dB}d=\max\{d_A,d_B\}d=max{dA​,dB​}. The goal makes explicit the rate the proof gives.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 6): for a permutation-invariant classical-quantum state ρAZ1n\rho_{AZ_1^n}ρAZ1n​​ there is 0≤m<n0\le m<n0≤m<n with Ez1m∥ρAZm+1∣z1m−ρA∣z1m⊗ρZm+1∣z1m∥12≤(2ln⁡2)log⁡dA/n\mathbf E_{z_1^m}\|\rho_{AZ_{m+1}|z_1^m}-\rho_{A|z_1^m}\otimes\rho_{Z_{m+1}|z_1^m}\|_1^2\le(2\ln2)\log d_A/nEz1m​​∥ρAZm+1​∣z1m​​−ρA∣z1m​​⊗ρZm+1​∣z1m​​∥12​≤(2ln2)logdA​/n.
  2. Lemma D.1 (p. 29): for a state two-design {Pz}\{P_z\}{Pz​} and MB\mathcal M_BMB​ with effects dBtPz\frac{d_B}{t}P_ztdB​​Pz​, ∥(IA⊗MB)(ξAB)∥1≥∥ξAB∥1/(dB2(dB+1))\|(\mathcal I_A\otimes\mathcal M_B)(\xi_{AB})\|_1\ge\|\xi_{AB}\|_1/(d_B^2(d_B+1))∥(IA​⊗MB​)(ξAB​)∥1​≥∥ξAB​∥1​/(dB2​(dB​+1)) for every Hermitian ξAB\xi_{AB}ξAB​.
  3. Existence of state two-designs in every dimension (p. 29).
  4. f(B∣⋅)≤dB2(dB+1)f(B|\cdot)\le d_B^2(d_B+1)f(B∣⋅)≤dB2​(dB​+1) (p. 6).
  5. Conditional constraints (p. 8): the states obtained by measuring B1,…,BmB_1,\dots,B_mB1​,…,Bm​ and conditioning satisfy Λ(ρA∣z1m)=XCA\Lambda(\rho_{A|z_1^m})=X_{C_A}Λ(ρA∣z1m​​)=XCA​​ and Γ(ρBm+1∣z1m)=YCB\Gamma(\rho_{B_{m+1}|z_1^m})=Y_{C_B}Γ(ρBm+1​∣z1m​​)=YCB​​.
  6. Theorem 2.3 (p. 7): under the constraints of SDPn\mathrm{SDP}_nSDPn​, ∥ρAB−∑ipiσAi⊗ωBi∥1≤min⁡{f(A,B),f(B∣⋅)}(2ln⁡2)log⁡dA/n\|\rho_{AB}-\sum_ip_i\sigma^i_A\otimes\omega^i_B\|_1\le\min\{f(A,B),f(B|\cdot)\}\sqrt{(2\ln2)\log d_A/n}∥ρAB​−∑i​pi​σAi​⊗ωBi​∥1​≤min{f(A,B),f(B∣⋅)}(2ln2)logdA​/n​ with states Λ(σAi)=XCA\Lambda(\sigma^i_A)=X_{C_A}Λ(σAi​)=XCA​​, Γ(ωBi)=YCB\Gamma(\omega^i_B)=Y_{C_B}Γ(ωBi​)=YCB​​.
  7. Eq. (3) (p. 2): QQQ equals the maximum over mixtures of feasible product states.
  8. Hölder step (p. 11): Tr[GW]≤Tr[GV]+∥G∥∞∥W−V∥1\mathrm{Tr}[GW]\le\mathrm{Tr}[GV]+\|G\|_\infty\|W-V\|_1Tr[GW]≤Tr[GV]+∥G∥∞​∥W−V∥1​.
  9. 0≤SDPn−Q0\le\mathrm{SDP}_n-Q0≤SDPn​−Q (p. 11).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 turns a nonconvex problem into a sequence of semidefinite programs whose values decrease to the optimum at rate O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​), with a constant that depends polynomially on dBd_BdB​ and logarithmically on dAd_AdA​. Every level is a certified upper bound; together with any feasible point it brackets QQQ. The same argument applied to channel fidelities gives converging outer bounds on the success probability of approximate quantum error correction (§4 of the paper), and the constrained de Finetti theorem is the key step there as well. Theorem 2.3 is of independent interest: it is the first finite de Finetti theorem in which the approximating separable state inherits linear constraints of the extension.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them has been machine-checked. A complete formalization requires the quantum relative entropy and mutual information with their chain rule, the quantum Pinsker inequality, state two-designs and their existence, and a weighted Hölder inequality for Schatten norms; most of this is absent from Mathlib, and each piece is reusable beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The obvious route measures every copy BiB_iBi​ with a fixed informationally complete measurement and uses the resulting classical de Finetti statement. This approximates ρAB\rho_{AB}ρAB​ by a mixture of product states, but the states in the mixture need not satisfy Γ(ωi)=Y\Gamma(\omega^i)=YΓ(ωi)=Y, and projecting them onto the constraint set destroys the error bound. The paper instead conditions on the outcomes of only mmm copies and keeps Bm+1B_{m+1}Bm+1​ quantum; the constraint on BnB_nBn​ then transfers to the conditional state of Bm+1B_{m+1}Bm+1​ by symmetry. Making this rigorous needs the chain rule of conditional mutual information with classical conditioning, and the distortion of the measurement must be bounded independently of the side system AAA, which is what Lemma D.1 provides. The Schatten-norm estimate there is elementary but requires a weighted Hölder inequality and a careful choice of weight.

Formalization scope

Systems are finite index types: A⊗B1⋯BNA\otimes B_1\cdots B_NA⊗B1​⋯BN​ is indexed by Fin dA × (Fin N → Fin dB), ⊗\otimes⊗ is Mathlib's Kronecker product, and the permutation action permutes the word in Fin N → Fin dB. States, trace norm and partial traces are the published definitions WildeQIT_IsDensityOperator, WildeQIT_traceNorm and WildeQIT_partialTrace. The linear maps Λ\LambdaΛ, Γ\GammaΓ are arbitrary C\mathbb CC-linear maps (not assumed positive or trace preserving), applied blockwise to one tensor factor. The objective is the real part of Tr[G W]\mathrm{Tr}[G\,W]Tr[GW], equal to Tr[G W]\mathrm{Tr}[G\,W]Tr[GW] for Hermitian GGG. Each "max" is the supremum of the set of objective values over the feasible set, never over all matrices. Wherever the page has n≥1n\ge1n≥1 copies of BBB, the Lean has n + 1: SDPval … n is the page's SDPn+1\mathrm{SDP}_{n+1}SDPn+1​, and the bounds have denominator n+1n+1n+1. The distortions f(A,B)f(A,B)f(A,B) and f(B∣⋅)f(B|\cdot)f(B∣⋅) take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the standalone bound on f(B∣⋅)f(B|\cdot)f(B∣⋅) assumes dB≥1d_B\ge1dB​≥1.

No feasibility hypothesis is added to the goal. The feasible sets of QQQ and of every level are empty or nonempty together, and the empty case reads 0≤0≤0+…0\le0\le0+\dots0≤0≤0+…. The goal mentions only QQQ, SDPn\mathrm{SDP}_nSDPn​, GGG, dAd_AdA​, dBd_BdB​ and nnn; a formalization in which QQQ or SDPn\mathrm{SDP}_nSDPn​ were free real numbers, or in which the de Finetti mixture was not required to satisfy the constraints, would be a different and much weaker statement.

Contributions are welcome at every milestone, and especially in the reusable infrastructure: quantum relative entropy and mutual information on matrices, the quantum Pinsker inequality, unitary and state designs, and Hölder inequalities for Schatten norms.

Selected references

  • M. Berta, F. Borderi, O. Fawzi, V. B. Scholz, Semidefinite programming hierarchies for constrained bilinear optimization, Mathematical Programming, 2021; arXiv:1810.12197v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.12197
  • F. G. S. L. Brandão, A. W. Harrow, Quantum de Finetti theorems under local measurements with applications, STOC 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1210.6367
  • M. Christandl, R. König, G. Mitchison, R. Renner, One-and-a-half quantum de Finetti theorems, Communications in Mathematical Physics 273, 2007. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0602130
  • A. C. Doherty, P. A. Parrilo, F. M. Spedalieri, Complete family of separability criteria, Physical Review A 69, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0308032
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Regret in Online Combinatorial Optimization II: Under Bandit Feedback Every Strategy Has Minimax Regret at Least 0.02 m√(dn) on Some Set of Actions with m OnesResearch Paper

Why bandit feedback matters

An online player repeatedly chooses a subset of coordinates and pays the sum of their losses. In many applications the player sees only that sum, not the losses of the selected coordinates. This bandit feedback makes it harder to identify which coordinate within each chosen subset is responsible for a favorable or unfavorable outcome. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi studied how this information limit changes regret in online combinatorial optimization. Their Theorem 5 establishes a lower bound that scales linearly with the number of selected coordinates and with the square root of the ambient dimension and horizon. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 13–14

The result is part of a comparison among full-information, semi-bandit and bandit feedback in the same action model. Under full information the player sees the complete loss vector after each round; under semi-bandit feedback the player sees losses at selected coordinates; under bandit feedback the player sees only one scalar. The paper proves upper bounds for semi-bandit play and a bandit lower bound. The latter is the target of this mission. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 2–3, 14

The game and its regret

Fix a dimension ddd, a horizon nnn, and a finite nonempty set A⊆{0,1}d\mathcal A\subseteq\{0,1\}^dA⊆{0,1}d. Each action a∈Aa\in\mathcal Aa∈A has exactly mmm entries equal to one. At round ttt, the player selects a probability distribution on A\mathcal AA, draws an action ata_tat​, and simultaneously an adversary selects a loss vector zt∈[0,1]dz_t\in[0,1]^dzt​∈[0,1]d. The player pays the scalar atTzta_t^\mathsf Tz_tatT​zt​. In the bandit protocol, that scalar is the only new information made available for the next round. A player strategy can use every previous action and observed scalar loss, and can randomize at every round. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 2–3

The paper measures performance by pseudo-regret against the best fixed action in expectation:

Rn=E∑t=1natTzt−min⁡a∈AE∑t=1naTzt.R_n=\mathbb E\sum_{t=1}^{n}a_t^\mathsf Tz_t- \min_{a\in\mathcal A}\mathbb E\sum_{t=1}^{n}a^\mathsf Tz_t.Rn​=Et=1∑n​atT​zt​−a∈Amin​Et=1∑n​aTzt​.

The expectation covers the player's randomization and, when present, the adversary's randomization. This benchmark chooses one action for the whole horizon after comparing expected cumulative losses. It is the sole notion of regret used in the paper. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, p. 2 and footnote 1

For the lower bound, the appendix arranges the ddd coordinates as mmm parallel games with k=d/mk=d/mk=d/m choices per game. An action selects one coordinate from each game. The adversary can associate a favoured choice α\alphaα with each game and assign independent Bernoulli losses whose means are 1/2−ϵ1/2-\epsilon1/2−ϵ at the favoured coordinates and 1/21/21/2 elsewhere. The player still sees only the sum of the mmm selected losses. These are the α\alphaα-adversaries that underlie the milestone statements. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 16–17

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 5 with the divisibility condition used by its appendix construction. For n≥d≥2mn\ge d\ge2mn≥d≥2m and m∣dm\mid dm∣d, there is an action set A\mathcal AA such that every bandit strategy faces some bounded loss law with

Rn≥0.02 mdn.R_n\ge0.02\,m\sqrt{dn}.Rn​≥0.02mdn​.

The order of the choices is part of the claim: the action set is fixed first; then each player strategy may face its own adversary. The lower bound retains the paper's explicit constant 0.020.020.02. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, p. 14, Theorem 5; p. 16

The milestones follow the appendix's stated results: Lemma 5 bounds a logarithm; Lemma 4 and its corrected second case bound the divergence between sums of independent Bernoulli variables; the one-round observation bound and the horizon bound control information revealed by bandit feedback. Equations (9), (10), and (11) connect that information to expected regret and symmetry. The final averaged bound on the chance of selecting a favoured choice closes the path to the goal. The milestones are stated for deterministic players, as in the first three steps of the appendix; the passage to randomized players (the appendix's fourth step) is part of the goal's proof and is not a separate milestone. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 17–18, 20–21

What the result establishes

The theorem prevents a uniform regret guarantee of smaller order than mdnm\sqrt{dn}mdn​ for this bandit action model. It shows that aggregating mmm selected losses into a single observation imposes a cost beyond what a player can avoid by choosing a different randomized strategy. In particular, the quantifier over every strategy makes the claim about the feedback model, rather than about one named algorithm. The paper proves the result in Appendix B, with the Bernoulli-sum estimate in Appendix C. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 14, 16–18, 20–21

The formalization work is to prove the existing paper result in Lean from a finite protocol that represents all behavioural player strategies, together with the finite laws of the appendix's adversaries. The resulting definitions of action paths, scalar observations, finite probability laws, and divergence estimates can support other finite-horizon bandit lower bounds. These statements are drafted as open Lean theorems; compilation checks their types, while proofs remain for solvers. The paper's mathematical proof does not itself constitute a machine-checked proof.

Where the difficulty lies

A scalar bandit observation sums losses from several games. The player cannot separate the contribution of the favoured coordinate in one game from the other selected losses by inspecting that observation. A bound for the divergence of a single Bernoulli variable therefore does not directly bound the information available to the player. The appendix's central estimate concerns sums of independent Bernoulli variables, followed by the law of the whole sequence of scalar observations. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 16, 18, 20

There is also a correction to make explicit. Lemma 4 is false for some parameters allowed by its printed statement: taking n=ℓ=1n=\ell=1n=ℓ=1, p=q=1/2p=q=1/2p=q=1/2, and p′=0.001p'=0.001p′=0.001 violates the displayed bound. The error is in the second case of its proof, which applies Lemma 5 outside its range when p′<pp'<pp′<p. The mission states Lemma 4 with the additional condition p(1−p′)≤2p′(1−p)p(1-p')\le2p'(1-p)p(1−p′)≤2p′(1−p), which holds whenever p≤p′p\le p'p≤p′, and states the corrected second case separately: for q=p>p′q=p>p'q=p>p′, KL(B,B′)≤(p′−p)2/((1−p)p′(n+2))\mathrm{KL}(\mathcal B,\mathcal B')\le(p'-p)^2/((1-p)p'(n+2))KL(B,B′)≤(p′−p)2/((1−p)p′(n+2)). Through the corrected case, the one-round bound used by the goal holds for the full range 0<ϵ<1/20<\epsilon<1/20<ϵ<1/2, so Theorem 5 and its constant are unaffected. Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi, 2013, pp. 20–21, Lemmas 4–5

Formalization scope

Actions are functions Fin(d)→R\mathrm{Fin}(d)\to\mathbb RFin(d)→R constrained to zero or one, with coordinate sum mmm. Coordinates and rounds are indexed from zero. A behavioural strategy maps every history of chosen actions and real-valued observed losses to a probability distribution on the finite action set. Its domain includes every real history, even though the appendix's particular Bernoulli adversaries generate integer observations. The strategy may randomize; restricting the goal to deterministic players or allowing it to inspect an unobserved loss vector would change the game.

The goal's exhibited adversary is an oblivious, finitely supported probability law on loss sequences in [0,1]n×d[0,1]^{n\times d}[0,1]n×d. It belongs to the broader adversary class of the paper, so this existential formulation is stronger. All expectations are finite sums. The regret comparator is a minimum over the nonempty action set, not a default value assigned to an empty set. The action set has binary entries and equal coordinate sums, and every loss lies in the unit interval; these clauses rule out trivial lower bounds from malformed actions or unbounded losses.

The hypothesis m∣dm\mid dm∣d is added to the printed theorem because Appendix B assumes it to partition coordinates into equally sized games. When m=0m=0m=0, it forces d=0d=0d=0 and the claimed lower bound is zero. The milestone model uses functions Fin(m)→Fin(k)\mathrm{Fin}(m)\to\mathrm{Fin}(k)Fin(m)→Fin(k) with d=mkd=mkd=mk, deterministic players, finite Bernoulli product laws, and a finite real KL sum. Its log ratios are meaningful on the common support ensured by the stated parameter bounds. Reusable contributions include the finite bandit protocol and observation laws, as well as proofs of the KL and averaging milestones.

Selected references

  • Jean-Yves Audibert, Sébastien Bubeck and Gábor Lugosi, Regret in Online Combinatorial Optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(1), 2014. arXiv:1204.4710v2; DOI:10.1287/moor.2013.0598.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Based Dynamic Pricing and Inventory Control with Censored Demand and Limited Price Changes 2: Any Policy with at Most m Price Changes Has Regret at Least KT^(1/(m+1)) on a Bernoulli InstanceResearch Paper

Why limited price changes matter

A seller learning a demand curve normally adjusts prices as new observations arrive. A price-change limit prevents that continual adjustment: a price may have to be chosen before the seller knows which demand curve it faces, then held through a block of sales. This matters when repricing is operationally costly, constrained by contracts, or visible to customers. Chen, Chao and Wang study pricing jointly with inventory replenishment under censored demand. Their Theorem 2 asks how much regret is unavoidable when the seller can change price at most mmm times, regardless of the learning policy it uses (SSRN revision, pp. 10–11, 35–42).

The lower bound is paired with their Theorem 1: in the well-separated setting an algorithm attains regret proportional to T1/(m+1)T^{1/(m+1)}T1/(m+1) for large horizons, while Theorem 2 asserts the same exponent cannot be improved uniformly over admissible policies (SSRN revision, p. 10). The paper appeared as an Operations Research technical note in 2020 (DOI 10.1287/opre.2020.1993); this mission cites the authors' SSRN revision dated 2020-02-10, whose page and result numbers are used throughout.

Bernoulli pricing setting

The horizon has TTT periods. At each period the seller posts a price pt∈[1,6]p_t\in[1,6]pt​∈[1,6] and replenishes inventory to one unit. Demand dtd_tdt​ is either zero or one, so all demand can be served and the observed sale equals demand. The unknown scalar parameter zzz belongs to [1/6,5/6][1/6,5/6][1/6,5/6]. Conditional on the posted price, the probability of one unit of demand is

ν(p,z)=max⁡{0,1−pz/2}.\nu(p,z)=\max\{0,1-pz/2\}.ν(p,z)=max{0,1−pz/2}.

Holding and shortage costs are zero. Hence expected one-period revenue is rz(p)=pν(p,z)r_z(p)=p\nu(p,z)rz​(p)=pν(p,z). The clairvoyant benchmark is G∗(z)=1/(2z)G^*(z)=1/(2z)G∗(z)=1/(2z): it is attained by the feasible price p∗=1/zp^*=1/zp∗=1/z. The local Lean sanity check proves this maximum property, so the benchmark does not rely on a default value of a supremum. The model is the explicit Bernoulli construction in the proof of Theorem 2 (SSRN revision, p. 35).

An admissible randomized policy may draw random bits and use past posted prices and observed sales when choosing its next price. Its action cannot depend on future demand or on the unknown parameter. Every realized seed and demand path must satisfy the price-change constraint

∑t=1T−11{pt≠pt+1}≤m,m≥1.\sum_{t=1}^{T-1}\mathbf 1\{p_t\ne p_{t+1}\}\le m,\qquad m\ge1.t=1∑T−1​1{pt​=pt+1​}≤m,m≥1.

The regret Rπ(T,z)R_\pi(T,z)Rπ​(T,z) is the expected sum of G∗(z)−rz(pt)G^*(z)-r_z(p_t)G∗(z)−rz​(pt​) under the policy and the demand law at parameter zzz. The paper's admissibility and change constraint are stated on pp. 5–6; its randomized policy factorization is displayed in (49) on p. 35 (SSRN revision).

Formalization targets

The goal is the minimax reading of Theorem 2. For each fixed m≥1m\ge1m≥1, there is a positive constant K7K_7K7​ and a horizon threshold T0T_0T0​, independent of the policy and the horizon, such that

∀T≥T0  ∀π admissible with at most m changes,∃z∈[1/6,5/6]: Rπ(T,z)≥K7T1/(m+1).\forall T\ge T_0\;\forall\pi\text{ admissible with at most }m\text{ changes},\quad \exists z\in[1/6,5/6]:\ R_\pi(T,z)\ge K_7T^{1/(m+1)}.∀T≥T0​∀π admissible with at most m changes,∃z∈[1/6,5/6]: Rπ​(T,z)≥K7​T1/(m+1).

The parameter is selected after the policy. The proof's objective (56) is a worst-case parameter choice for each policy (SSRN revision, p. 37). The printed theorem sentence can also be read as one fixed instance defeating every algorithm; that order is false because a policy supplied with that instance's zzz can post 1/z1/z1/z in every period.

Five milestones expose the source's quantitative ingredients. The hierarchy (50) constructs parameters zζz_\zetazζ​ from signs ζ∈{±1}m+1\zeta\in\{\pm1\}^{m+1}ζ∈{±1}m+1 and scales εℓ=T−ℓ/[2(m+1)]\varepsilon_\ell=T^{-\ell/[2(m+1)]}εℓ​=T−ℓ/[2(m+1)]. Its parameters lie in [1/6,5/6][1/6,5/6][1/6,5/6] for large TTT. Different signs are separated at scale εℓ/8\varepsilon_\ell/8εℓ​/8. Lemma 1 bounds one-period regret by the squared error in a nearest-instance selection. The pointwise inequality underlying (57) gives a cost of at least 10−4εℓ210^{-4}\varepsilon_\ell^210−4εℓ2​ for a wrong sign. A corrected Lemma 2 supplies a quadratic Bernoulli relative-entropy bound under an explicit interior condition (SSRN revision, pp. 36–37).

What the result establishes

The exponent 1/(m+1)1/(m+1)1/(m+1) quantifies the cost of the change budget: fixing mmm leaves a polynomial regret floor even though the Bernoulli demand law is one-dimensional and observed without censoring. Since the constructed instance fixes inventory at a level that serves every demand, a lower bound here also applies to policies in the joint pricing and inventory setting whenever that instance is admitted. It identifies the information loss caused by limited repricing, independently of lost sales and censoring.

The paper states the lower bound and gives a proof, but its printed Lemma 2 is false at prices where ν(p,z)=0\nu(p,z)=0ν(p,z)=0. The subsequent Lemma 3 applies that unrestricted bound. Therefore the source proof does not, as printed, establish the minimax claim for every admissible price policy. The Lean goal is an open target; the four elementary milestones and corrected information bound are also open Lean statements. Formalizing this mission requires an argument that handles prices at the zero-demand kink, or a different route to the lower bound. No machine-checked proof of this specific result is claimed here.

Where the argument is difficult

The natural comparison of two nearby parameters uses the relative entropy between their observed demand laws. Away from the kink, this information is quadratic in the parameter difference. At a price that makes demand impossible under one parameter but possible under the other, the divergence in the printed direction can be linear in that difference. The unrestricted 108∣z−z′∣2108|z-z'|^2108∣z−z′∣2 bound of Lemma 2 therefore fails at exactly the prices an arbitrary policy may choose. Restricting the policy's prices would change the target. A faithful proof must retain those prices while still controlling the policy's information and regret (SSRN revision, Lemmas 2–3, pp. 36–40).

Formalization scope

Lean represents the horizon by Fin T; its index zero is period one in the paper. Bernoulli demand paths have type Fin T → Bool. A policy's price at a period depends on a random seed and only the earlier demand bits; with inventory level one, these bits are exactly the observed sales. A probability measure on the seed models adaptive randomization, including a pre-sampled stream of random choices. Prices are measurable functions of the seed for each finite history. The budget holds on every seed and path, not only on average.

Path probabilities are finite products of conditional Bernoulli probabilities. Regret is a finite sum of nonnegative gaps integrated over the seed with lintegral, so it cannot become zero through non-integrability of a real-valued expectation. The exponent of TTT and the scales εℓ\varepsilon_\ellεℓ​ use real division. The arg-min in (51) is any genuine nearest-instance selection; a local proof checks that one exists. The hierarchy's validity and separation statements require a large-horizon threshold, which the unqualified printed prose omits. The corrected Lemma 2 adds pz≤11/6pz\le11/6pz≤11/6 to keep the Bernoulli probabilities in the interior. Its verbatim milestone retains the printed statement, and its formal statement and note disclose the correction. Lemma 3 is not stated because its printed proof relies on Lemma 2 outside that interior region.

The named Bernoulli family strengthens the theorem's existential instance wording, while also exposing a limitation: at p≥2/zp\ge2/zp≥2/z it violates the positive-mean and identifiability conditions stated earlier in the paper. That discrepancy is recorded rather than hidden in an assumption. Definitions for randomized adapted policies, finite path laws, the parameter hierarchy, and Bernoulli relative entropy are reusable; contributions that establish the open goal or repair the information comparison are in scope.

Selected references

  • B. Chen, X. Chao, and Y. Wang, Data-Based Dynamic Pricing and Inventory Control with Censored Demand and Limited Price Changes, SSRN 2700747, revision of 2020-02-10. Preprint.
  • B. Chen, X. Chao, and Y. Wang, Technical Note—Data-Based Dynamic Pricing and Inventory Control with Censored Demand and Limited Price Changes, Operations Research, 2020. DOI 10.1287/opre.2020.1993.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityRandom Matrix TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Universality in Polytope Phase Transitions and Message Passing Algorithms 2: State Evolution, Empirical Averages of Polynomial AMP Iterates Converge to Gaussian ExpectationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Approximate message passing (AMP) is an iterative method for large systems with random matrices. At each step, every coordinate receives a weighted combination of nonlinear messages from all other coordinates, together with a correction for dependence created by earlier steps. For symmetric random matrices, the correction makes a simple description of the high-dimensional iterates possible: a finite collection of covariance matrices predicts their limiting distributions. Bayati, Lelarge and Montanari prove this state evolution statement for polynomial AMP on a broad class of independent sub-Gaussian matrix entries, rather than only Gaussian entries (paper, §§1.2–1.3). It gives a precise distributional account of an algorithm whose coordinates are coupled at every iteration.

The paper has three distinct headline results. Its Theorem 3 compares AMP moments under two matrix laws with equal entry variances, and its Theorem 2 concerns projected cross-polytopes. This mission targets Theorem 4, which identifies the limit of empirical averages of AMP iterates with a Gaussian expectation. The companion missions address the other results; the statements here use their own copy of the paper's AMP model because draft definitions cannot yet be imported across proposals (paper, pp. 5, 8–9).

Setting

For each size NNN, let A(N)A(N)A(N) be a random symmetric N×NN\times NN×N matrix with zero diagonal. Its entries above the diagonal are independent, centered, and sub-Gaussian at scale C/NC/NC/N. Each coordinate iii carries a polynomial map fi(⋅;t):Rq→Rqf^i(\cdot;t):\mathbb R^q\to\mathbb R^qfi(⋅;t):Rq→Rq at iteration ttt and an initial vector xi0x_i^0xi0​. Their coefficients have degree at most ddd and a uniform bound CCC. The AMP orbit is

xit+1=∑jAijfj(xjt;t)−∑jAij2Jfj(xjt;t)fi(xit−1;t−1).x_i^{t+1}=\sum_j A_{ij}f^j(x_j^t;t) -\sum_j A_{ij}^{2}Jf^j(x_j^t;t)f^i(x_i^{t-1};t-1).xit+1​=j∑​Aij​fj(xjt​;t)−j∑​Aij2​Jfj(xjt​;t)fi(xit−1​;t−1).

The second sum is the Onsager memory term; it is absent at t=0t=0t=0. Here JfjJf^jJfj is the Jacobian, so its product with the preceding qqq-vector is another qqq-vector. The initial vectors obey an exponential bound on their squared Euclidean norms. These assumptions form the paper's (C,d)(C,d)(C,d)-regularity condition (Definitions 2–4, pp. 6–7).

A converging sequence has a fixed finite set of classes a∈[k]a\in[k]a∈[k]. Coordinate iii belongs to CaNC_a^NCaN​ for one class aaa, whose proportion approaches ca∈(0,1)c_a\in(0,1)ca​∈(0,1). A symmetric nonnegative matrix WWW specifies entry variances: if i∈CaNi\in C_a^Ni∈CaN​ and j∈CbNj\in C_b^Nj∈CbN​, then EAij2=Wab/N\mathbb E A_{ij}^2=W_{ab}/NEAij2​=Wab​/N. Independent labels Y(i)Y(i)Y(i) have class-dependent laws PaP_aPa​, each a finite mixture of Gaussian laws that may be degenerate. The polynomial maps have the common form fi(x;t)=g(x,Y(i),a,t)f^i(x;t)=g(x,Y(i),a,t)fi(x;t)=g(x,Y(i),a,t) for i∈CaNi\in C_a^Ni∈CaN​ (Definition 5, pp. 8–9).

The empirical second moments of g(xi0,Y(i),a,0)g(x_i^0,Y(i),a,0)g(xi0​,Y(i),a,0) converge in probability to a prescribed positive semidefinite matrix Σ^a0\widehat\Sigma_a^0Σa0​. For t≥1t\ge1t≥1, state evolution defines

Σat=∑bcbWabΣ^bt−1,Σ^at=E[g(Zat,Ya,a,t)g(Zat,Ya,a,t)T],\Sigma_a^t=\sum_b c_bW_{ab}\widehat\Sigma_b^{t-1},\qquad \widehat\Sigma_a^t=\mathbb E\big[g(Z_a^t,Y_a,a,t)g(Z_a^t,Y_a,a,t)^{\mathsf T}\big],Σat​=b∑​cb​Wab​Σbt−1​,Σat​=E[g(Zat​,Ya​,a,t)g(Zat​,Ya​,a,t)T],

where Zat∼N(0,Σat)Z_a^t\sim\mathcal N(0,\Sigma_a^t)Zat​∼N(0,Σat​) is independent of Ya∼PaY_a\sim P_aYa​∼Pa​. The index t−1t-1t−1 in the first formula and ttt in the second are essential (equations (1.9)–(1.11), p. 9).

Formalization targets

Coordinate moments and concentration

For a nonnegative multi-index mmm and a coordinate sequence eventually in class aaa, Proposition 4 identifies the Gaussian limit of each moment. Proposition 5 says the variance of the class-average monomial tends to zero:

E[(xi(N)t)m]⟶E[(Zat)m],Var⁡ ⁣(1∣CaN∣∑i∈CaN(xit)m)⟶0.\mathbb E[(x_{i(N)}^t)^m]\longrightarrow\mathbb E[(Z_a^t)^m],\qquad \operatorname{Var}\!\left(\frac1{|C_a^N|}\sum_{i\in C_a^N}(x_i^t)^m\right)\longrightarrow0.E[(xi(N)t​)m]⟶E[(Zat​)m],Var​∣CaN​∣1​i∈CaN​∑​(xit​)m​⟶0.

The diagonal two-time identity (4.4) is another milestone: Σat,t\Sigma_a^{t,t}Σat,t​ has four blocks, each equal to Σat\Sigma_a^tΣat​. These are the paper's stated intermediate targets (pp. 15, 30, 32).

Main goal: Theorem 4

For t≥1t\ge1t≥1, class aaa, and every locally Lipschitz function ψ\psiψ with ∣ψ(x,y)∣≤K(1+∥x∥22+∥y∥22)K|\psi(x,y)|\le K(1+\|x\|_2^2+\|y\|_2^2)^K∣ψ(x,y)∣≤K(1+∥x∥22​+∥y∥22​)K for some KKK, prove convergence in probability:

1∣CaN∣∑j∈CaNψ(xjt,Y(j))⟶E[ψ(Zat,Ya)].\frac1{|C_a^N|}\sum_{j\in C_a^N}\psi(x_j^t,Y(j)) \longrightarrow \mathbb E[\psi(Z_a^t,Y_a)].∣CaN​∣1​j∈CaN​∑​ψ(xjt​,Y(j))⟶E[ψ(Zat​,Ya​)].

The target covers polynomial-growth test functions, including functions beyond monomials. The expectation on the right is under the product law of the Gaussian state and the independent class label (Theorem 4, p. 9).

Significance

The theorem assigns a computable asymptotic distribution to each class of AMP coordinates at every fixed positive iteration time. It can be used to evaluate empirical observables without tracking the full coupled NNN-dimensional random trajectory. The class weights and variance profile permit heterogeneous coordinates, while the sub-Gaussian assumption covers more matrix laws than a Gaussian-only statement (paper, Introduction and Theorem 4).

The paper proves this result. The mission's Lean statements are compilation-checked targets, with proofs still to be formalized. A completed development would establish the measure-theoretic meaning of the covariance recursion and its Gaussian expectations, as well as the moment and concentration claims needed for the empirical limit. The polynomial representation, random-matrix regularity predicate, and Gaussian transport are reusable for other AMP results from the same paper.

Difficulty

The matrix A(N)A(N)A(N) is reused at every AMP iteration, so a new coordinate is correlated with earlier coordinates and with the matrix entries that produced them. A direct independent-summand argument for its Gaussian limit is unavailable. The memory term is tuned to this dependence, and any formal proof must account for its exact Jacobian and squared-entry form. Passing from individual moments to empirical averages also requires control of correlations between different coordinates. The target allows locally Lipschitz functions with polynomial growth, so convergence for a fixed monomial alone does not finish the job (paper, §4.7).

Formalization scope

Vectors in Rq\mathbb R^qRq are functions Fin q → ℝ; squared Euclidean norms are explicit sums of coordinate squares. Polynomials use bounded real coefficient arrays as in (4.10), with an explicit Jacobian. Fin N uses zero-based indices. The orbit stores the current and preceding iterates and omits the memory term at t=0t=0t=0. A single probability space carries all sizes; matrix entries, labels, coefficients, and initial vectors have explicit measurability and independence conditions.

The paper's displayed sub-Gaussian formula conflicts with its stated C/NC/NC/N scale, so the model uses the scale required by its moment estimates and imposes the moment-generating bound for all real arguments. Its initial exponential bound is read almost surely at every size, which ensures the expectations used by the paper are well-defined. Label-dependent polynomial coefficients are measurable. The full label vector is independent of the matrix and initial vectors; this makes explicit the independence needed for Theorem 4's Gaussian-label product law. Independence of the induced polynomial coefficients alone would not imply it when ggg ignores part of a label. The initial covariance limit is entrywise convergence in probability; finite-dimensional equivalence makes this the same matrix convergence. Class averages divide by the class cardinality, even though that expression has Lean's default value at an empty class for a small NNN. Positive limiting class fractions make those finite exceptions irrelevant.

Gaussian laws live on Mathlib's Euclidean space and are transported to coordinate vectors. Theorems explicitly assert positive semidefiniteness or integrability where a non-PSD covariance, non-integrable expectation, or non-square-integrable variance could otherwise give a default value. The source's Y(i)Y(i)Y(i) in (1.12) is read as Y(j)Y(j)Y(j), its summation index, and its final covariance as Σat\Sigma_a^tΣat​. The Gaussian covariance is computed by the recursion above; it is not defined from the proposed limit. Contributions establishing moment bounds, covariance positivity, Gaussian integrability, the three milestones, or the full Theorem 4 are within scope.

Selected references

  • M. Bayati, M. Lelarge and A. Montanari, Universality in polytope phase transitions and message passing algorithms, Annals of Applied Probability 25(2), 2015, 753–822. arXiv:1207.7321v2; DOI:10.1214/14-AAP1010.
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityRandom Matrix Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Universality in Polytope Phase Transitions and Message Passing Algorithms 1: Polynomial AMP Iterates Have the Same Asymptotic Moments for All Sub-Gaussian Matrices with Equal Entry VariancesResearch Paper

Motivation

Approximate message passing (AMP) is a family of iterative algorithms driven by a large random matrix. It was introduced for compressed sensing by Donoho, Maleki and Montanari (PNAS 2009), and it is also used for low-rank matrix estimation, regression and spin-glass optimization. Its main appeal is that, for Gaussian random matrices, the empirical distribution of its iterates is tracked exactly in the large-dimensional limit by a scalar or low-dimensional recursion called state evolution. Bolthausen (CMP 2014) and Bayati and Montanari (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 2011) proved this for Gaussian matrices. Those proofs condition on the matrix through linear observations, and that conditioning argument works only for Gaussian entries.

In practice, and in the compressed-sensing phase transition that motivates the paper, the matrices are not Gaussian: Bernoulli, Rademacher and other sub-Gaussian ensembles are used. Bayati, Lelarge and Montanari (arXiv:1207.7321, Ann. Appl. Probab. 25(2), 2015) prove that the asymptotic behaviour of AMP with polynomial nonlinearities is universal: it depends on the law of the matrix entries only through their variances. This mission formalizes that universality theorem, Theorem 3 of the paper, together with the main steps of its proof.

Setting

Fix a dimension q≥1q \ge 1q≥1 and a degree bound d≥0d \ge 0d≥0. For each NNN, an AMP instance consists of three objects:

  • a symmetric matrix A∈RN×NA \in \mathbb R^{N\times N}A∈RN×N with Aii=0A_{ii} = 0Aii​=0;
  • polynomial maps fj(⋅ ;t):Rq→Rqf^j(\cdot\,; t):\mathbb R^q\to\mathbb R^qfj(⋅;t):Rq→Rq of degree at most ddd, one for each j∈[N]j\in[N]j∈[N] and each time t≥0t\ge 0t≥0;
  • an initial condition x0=(x10,…,xN0)x^0 = (x^0_1,\dots,x^0_N)x0=(x10​,…,xN0​) with xi0∈Rqx^0_i \in \mathbb R^qxi0​∈Rq.

The AMP orbit is

xit+1  =  ∑jAij fj(xjt;t)  −  ∑jAij2 ∂fj∂x(xjt;t) fi(xit−1;t−1),x^{t+1}_i \;=\; \sum_{j} A_{ij}\, f^j(x^t_j; t) \;-\; \sum_{j} A_{ij}^2\, \frac{\partial f^j}{\partial x}(x^t_j; t)\, f^i(x^{t-1}_i; t-1),xit+1​=j∑​Aij​fj(xjt​;t)−j∑​Aij2​∂x∂fj​(xjt​;t)fi(xit−1​;t−1),

where ∂fj/∂x\partial f^j/\partial x∂fj/∂x is the q×qq\times qq×q Jacobian. The second term, the memory or Onsager term, is absent at t=0t=0t=0. A sequence of random instances indexed by NNN is (C,d)(C,d)(C,d)-regular if it satisfies the following conditions:

  1. the entries AijA_{ij}Aij​, i<ji<ji<j, are independent and centered, and each is sub-Gaussian with scale factor C/NC/NC/N, that is, EeλAij≤eCλ2/(2N)\mathbb E e^{\lambda A_{ij}}\le e^{C\lambda^2/(2N)}EeλAij​≤eCλ2/(2N) for all real λ\lambdaλ;
  2. all coefficients of the polynomials are bounded by CCC;
  3. the matrix, the polynomials and the initial condition are mutually independent;
  4. ∑iexp⁡(∥xi0∥22/C)≤NC\sum_i \exp(\|x^0_i\|_2^2/C)\le NC∑i​exp(∥xi0​∥22​/C)≤NC.

The proof also uses an auxiliary message-passing iteration. It consists of messages zi→jt∈Rqz^t_{i\to j}\in\mathbb R^qzi→jt​∈Rq with zi→j0=xi0z^0_{i\to j}=x^0_izi→j0​=xi0​ and

zi→jt+1(r)=∑ℓ≠jAℓi frℓ(zℓ→it;t),zit+1(r)=∑ℓAℓi frℓ(zℓ→it;t).z^{t+1}_{i\to j}(r)=\sum_{\ell\neq j} A_{\ell i}\, f^\ell_r(z^t_{\ell\to i};t),\qquad z^{t+1}_{i}(r)=\sum_{\ell} A_{\ell i}\, f^\ell_r(z^t_{\ell\to i};t).zi→jt+1​(r)=ℓ=j∑​Aℓi​frℓ​(zℓ→it​;t),zit+1​(r)=ℓ∑​Aℓi​frℓ​(zℓ→it​;t).

Monomials are written xm=∏rx(r)m(r)x^m=\prod_r x(r)^{m(r)}xm=∏r​x(r)m(r) for m∈Nqm\in\mathbb N^qm∈Nq.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 8)

Let (A(N),FN,x0,N)(A(N),\mathcal F_N,x^{0,N})(A(N),FN​,x0,N) and (A~(N),FN,x0,N)(\tilde A(N),\mathcal F_N,x^{0,N})(A~(N),FN​,x0,N) be two (C,d)(C,d)(C,d)-regular sequences. They share the polynomials and the initial condition, and EAij2=EA~ij2\mathbb E A_{ij}^2=\mathbb E\tilde A_{ij}^2EAij2​=EA~ij2​ for all i<ji<ji<j. Then for every ttt and every family of polynomials pN,i:Rq→Rp_{N,i}:\mathbb R^q\to\mathbb RpN,i​:Rq→R of degree at most ddd with coefficients bounded by BBB,

lim⁡N→∞1N∑i=1N{E pN,i(xit)−E pN,i(x~it)}=0.\lim_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\Big\{\mathbb E\,p_{N,i}(x^t_i)-\mathbb E\,p_{N,i}(\tilde x^t_i)\Big\}=0 .N→∞lim​N1​i=1∑N​{EpN,i​(xit​)−EpN,i​(x~it​)}=0.

Milestones

  • Lemma 12 (p. 70): xs≤(s/e)sexx^s\le (s/e)^s e^xxs≤(s/e)sex for s,x>0s,x>0s,x>0.
  • (4.15) (p. 20): a sub-Gaussian variable with scale factor C/NC/NC/N satisfies E∣X∣s≤2Cs/2(s/e)s/2N−s/2\mathbb E|X|^s\le 2C^{s/2}(s/e)^{s/2}N^{-s/2}E∣X∣s≤2Cs/2(s/e)s/2N−s/2.
  • Proposition 1 (p. 16): ∣E(zit)m−E(z~it)m∣≤KN−1/2|\mathbb E(z^t_i)^m-\mathbb E(\tilde z^t_i)^m|\le KN^{-1/2}∣E(zit​)m−E(z~it​)m∣≤KN−1/2 for t≥1t\ge1t≥1.
  • Lemma 2, uniform bounds (pp. 22–23): ∣Ezit(r)m∣≤K|\mathbb E z^t_i(r)^m|\le K∣Ezit​(r)m∣≤K and ∣Ezi→jt(r)m∣≤K|\mathbb E z^t_{i\to j}(r)^m|\le K∣Ezi→jt​(r)m∣≤K.
  • Proposition 3 (p. 17), averaged over coordinates: 1N∑i∣E(xit)m−E(zit)m∣≤KN−1/2\frac1N\sum_i|\mathbb E(x^t_i)^m-\mathbb E(z^t_i)^m|\le KN^{-1/2}N1​∑i​∣E(xit​)m−E(zit​)m∣≤KN−1/2 for t≥1t\ge1t≥1. The page states the bound for each iii; that form fails when one coordinate of x0,Nx^{0,N}x0,N grows like log⁡N\sqrt{\log N}logN​, which Definition 4(3) permits, and the averaged form is what Theorem 3 needs.

In each milestone KKK depends only on C,d,q,t,mC,d,q,t,mC,d,q,t,m, as Note 2 of the paper specifies.

Significance

Theorem 3 lets results proved for Gaussian matrices be transferred to every sub-Gaussian ensemble with the same variance profile. In the paper, it is the first link of a chain:

  • Theorem 3 gives state evolution for general matrices (Theorem 4, the second mission of this series);
  • state evolution, together with an analysis of AMP as a solver of ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ minimization, gives the universality of the Donoho–Tanner phase transition for random projections of the cross-polytope (Theorem 2, the third mission).

The universality of the weak-neighborliness threshold for non-Gaussian matrices, observed numerically by Donoho and Tanner (Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A 2009), is a consequence of this chain.

The result has been proved since 2012. No machine-checked proof of it, or of any AMP state-evolution statement, is known to exist. The mission asks for a formalization of the published proof, or of any other argument. Two pieces of the proof are useful elsewhere: the absolute-moment bound for sub-Gaussian variables and the moment comparison of the message-passing iteration.

Difficulty

The first idea is a Lindeberg-type swap: replace the entries of AAA by those of A~\tilde AA~ one at a time and bound each change. This does not work directly. Every iterate xitx^t_ixit​ depends on all N(N−1)/2N(N-1)/2N(N−1)/2 entries through ttt nested polynomial layers. The memory term also couples consecutive iterates through the squares Aij2A_{ij}^2Aij2​. A single swap therefore changes every coordinate of every later iterate, and the per-swap errors have to be summed over Θ(N2)\Theta(N^2)Θ(N2) swaps with a total error of o(1)o(1)o(1).

Two features of the statement make it delicate. Only second moments of the entries are matched, so every contribution of higher moments of the entries must be shown to vanish in the limit. In addition, the AMP orbit is not itself a message-passing iteration: its moments match those of ztz^tzt (Proposition 3) only because of the memory term, and without that term they do not. A formal proof also has to establish finiteness of all the moments involved, which the paper takes for granted.

Formalization scope

Vectors in Rq\mathbb R^qRq are Fin q → ℝ, and indices are 0-based. A polynomial is given by its coefficient vector over the exponent vectors of total degree at most ddd, as in (4.10) of the paper. This keeps random polynomials in a measurable space. The Jacobian is the explicit sum of formal partial derivatives. A sorry-free sanity file checks it against the analytic derivative on an example and checks the memory term on a small instance.

The orbit is computed by recursion on (xt,xt−1)(x^t,x^{t-1})(xt,xt−1), with no memory term at t=0t=0t=0. The memory term uses Aij2A_{ij}^2Aij2​ itself, not its expectation 1/N1/N1/N. All random objects live on one probability space. The two sequences of Theorem 3 share one coefficient process and one initial condition.

Three readings of the printed Definition 4 are disclosed:

  • sub-Gaussianity is required for all real λ\lambdaλ (Mathlib's HasSubgaussianMGF), not only for λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0;
  • the scale factor is C/NC/NC/N, as the proof uses. The printed bracket (Cλ)2/(2N2)(C\lambda)^2/(2N^2)(Cλ)2/(2N2) would rule out every ensemble with variance 1/N1/N1/N once N>C2N > C^2N>C2, which would make the theorem vacuous;
  • the initial-condition bound holds almost surely for every NNN, not "with probability converging to one".

Every expectation appearing in a target is also asserted to be finite. Without that, a bound or a limit could hold only because Lean assigns the value 000 to the integral of a non-integrable function. Squared Euclidean norms are written as sums of squares, never as the sup norm that Mathlib puts on Fin q → ℝ. The deterministic identities of the tree expansion (Lemma 1, Lemma 3) and the first claim of Lemma 2 are not posed, because they need the labelled-tree families of Definition 6. Contributions of that tree machinery are welcome. Moment bounds for sub-Gaussian variables and polynomial moment estimates for sums of independent variables are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • M. Bayati, M. Lelarge, A. Montanari, Universality in polytope phase transitions and message passing algorithms, Ann. Appl. Probab. 25(2):753–822, 2015. arXiv:1207.7321v2, DOI
  • D. L. Donoho, A. Maleki, A. Montanari, Message-passing algorithms for compressed sensing, PNAS 106(45):18914–18919, 2009. DOI
  • M. Bayati, A. Montanari, The dynamics of message passing on dense graphs, with applications to compressed sensing, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 57(2):764–785, 2011. DOI
  • E. Bolthausen, An iterative construction of solutions of the TAP equations for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model, Comm. Math. Phys. 325:333–366, 2014. DOI
  • D. L. Donoho, J. Tanner, Observed universality of phase transitions in high-dimensional geometry, Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A 367:4273–4293, 2009. DOI
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Bootstrap Robust Prescriptive Analytics 3: Any Distance Exceeding the Bootstrap Distance Near Some D Loses the Disappointment Rate −rResearch Paper

Motivation

Data-driven decision making estimates the cost of a decision from training data and then optimizes that estimate. The optimized estimate is biased downwards: the decision that looks best on the training data tends to disappoint on fresh data. Distributionally robust optimization counters this by optimizing the worst case of the estimate over all distributions within a radius rrr of the empirical distribution, measured by a chosen distance function RRR. Many distance functions are in use (φ-divergences, Wasserstein distances, moment sets), and the choice is usually justified by tractability.

Bertsimas and Van Parys, Bootstrap robust prescriptive analytics (arXiv:1711.09974v2), measure disappointment on bootstrap data: resamples drawn with replacement from the training data. Their Theorem 6 shows that with the entropic bootstrap distance BBB the bootstrap disappointment decays exponentially in the sample size at rate at least rrr. Proposition 1, the subject of this mission, is the converse: BBB is the smallest distance function with this guarantee. Any distance that is strictly larger than BBB near some distribution admits a nominal formulation whose disappointment decays strictly slower than e−nre^{-nr}e−nr. The result is in the spirit of Van Parys, Esfahani and Kuhn (arXiv:1704.04118), where the relative entropy is shown to be the optimal ambiguity set for i.i.d. data.

Setting

The distinct training points form a finite set Ωn\Omega_nΩn​, written ι\iotaι in Lean. A distribution on it is a vector D∈RιD\in\mathbb R^\iotaD∈Rι with nonnegative entries summing to one; the simplex of all such vectors is Dn\mathcal D_nDn​. The training data have the empirical distribution Dtr∈DnD_{\rm tr}\in\mathcal D_nDtr​∈Dn​, which gives positive weight to every point of Ωn\Omega_nΩn​.

The bootstrap distance (Definition 6, Eq. (27)) is the relative entropy

B(D,D′)=∑i∈ιDilog⁡DiDi′,B(D,D')=\sum_{i\in\iota}D_i\log\frac{D_i}{D'_i},B(D,D′)=i∈ι∑​Di​logDi′​Di​​,

with 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0 and B(D,D′)=+∞B(D,D')=+\inftyB(D,D′)=+∞ if some Di>0=Di′D_i>0=D'_iDi​>0=Di′​.

A distribution distance function (Definition 4) is a map R:Dn×Dn→(−∞,+∞]R:\mathcal D_n\times\mathcal D_n\to(-\infty,+\infty]R:Dn​×Dn​→(−∞,+∞] that is nonnegative, vanishes exactly on the diagonal (R(D′,D)=0R(D',D)=0R(D′,D)=0 iff D′=DD'=DD′=D), and is convex in its first argument. BBB is one.

A bootstrap sample of size nnn is nnn independent draws from DtrD_{\rm tr}Dtr​ (Eq. (14)); its law is the product DtrnD_{\rm tr}^nDtrn​, and its empirical distribution is Dbs[n]D_{{\rm bs}[n]}Dbs[n]​, the frequency of each point of ι\iotaι among the nnn draws.

A nominal formulation here is a loss G:ι→R+G:\iota\to\mathbb R_+G:ι→R+​ with cost estimator ED[G]=∑iDiGi\mathbb E_D[G]=\sum_iD_iG_iED​[G]=∑i​Di​Gi​. Its robust counterpart (Eq. (24)) replaces the estimate by sup⁡{ED′[G]:D′∈Dn, R(D′,Dtr)≤r}\sup\{\mathbb E_{D'}[G]: D'\in\mathcal D_n,\ R(D',D_{\rm tr})\le r\}sup{ED′​[G]:D′∈Dn​, R(D′,Dtr​)≤r}, and its disappointment set is

R={D∈Dn: ED[G]>sup⁡D′∈Dn, R(D′,Dtr)≤rED′[G]},\mathcal R=\Big\{D\in\mathcal D_n:\ \mathbb E_D[G]>\sup_{D'\in\mathcal D_n,\ R(D',D_{\rm tr})\le r}\mathbb E_{D'}[G]\Big\},R={D∈Dn​: ED​[G]>D′∈Dn​, R(D′,Dtr​)≤rsup​ED′​[G]},

the bootstrap distributions on which the realized cost exceeds the robust budget.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 16)

Let RRR be a distribution distance function, D∈DnD\in\mathcal D_nD∈Dn​ with B(D,Dtr)=rB(D,D_{\rm tr})=rB(D,Dtr​)=r, and N⊆Dn\mathcal N\subseteq\mathcal D_nN⊆Dn​ a neighbourhood of DDD, open in Dn\mathcal D_nDn​, on which R(⋅,Dtr)>rR(\cdot,D_{\rm tr})>rR(⋅,Dtr​)>r. Then there is a loss G≥0G\ge0G≥0 whose disappointment set satisfies

−r<lim inf⁡n→∞1nlog⁡Dtr∞[Dbs[n]∈R],-r<\liminf_{n\to\infty}\frac1n\log D^\infty_{\rm tr}\big[D_{{\rm bs}[n]}\in\mathcal R\big],−r<n→∞liminf​n1​logDtr∞​[Dbs[n]​∈R],

stated in Lean in the equivalent form: for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually Dtrn[Dbs[n]∈R]≥e−n(r−ε)D^n_{\rm tr}[D_{{\rm bs}[n]}\in\mathcal R]\ge e^{-n(r-\varepsilon)}Dtrn​[Dbs[n]​∈R]≥e−n(r−ε).

Milestones (Appendix B.2, p. 27, and Eq. (31), p. 16)

  1. Separation. The RRR-ball {R(⋅,Dtr)≤r}\{R(\cdot,D_{\rm tr})\le r\}{R(⋅,Dtr​)≤r} and a convex open N\mathcal NN on which R>rR>rR>r are separated by a linear functional: ED[G]≤a<ED′[G]\mathbb E_D[G]\le a<\mathbb E_{D'}[G]ED​[G]≤a<ED′​[G].
  2. Inclusion. For such GGG and aaa, int N=N⊆R{\rm int}\,\mathcal N=\mathcal N\subseteq\mathcal RintN=N⊆R.
  3. Sanov's lower bound (31). −inf⁡D∈int CB(D,Dtr)≤lim inf⁡n1nlog⁡Dtr∞[Dbs[n]∈C]-\inf_{D\in{\rm int}\,\mathcal C}B(D,D_{\rm tr})\le\liminf_n\frac1n\log D^\infty_{\rm tr}[D_{{\rm bs}[n]}\in\mathcal C]−infD∈intC​B(D,Dtr​)≤liminfn​n1​logDtr∞​[Dbs[n]​∈C] for every set C\mathcal CC.
  4. Convexity step. B(λD+(1−λ)Dtr,Dtr)≤λB(D,Dtr)+(1−λ)B(Dtr,Dtr)<rB(\lambda D+(1-\lambda)D_{\rm tr},D_{\rm tr})\le\lambda B(D,D_{\rm tr})+(1-\lambda)B(D_{\rm tr},D_{\rm tr})<rB(λD+(1−λ)Dtr​,Dtr​)≤λB(D,Dtr​)+(1−λ)B(Dtr​,Dtr​)<r for λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1).
  5. Infimum below rrr. inf⁡D′∈NB(D′,Dtr)<r\inf_{D'\in\mathcal N}B(D',D_{\rm tr})<rinfD′∈N​B(D′,Dtr​)<r.

Significance

Proposition 1 turns Theorem 6 from a sufficient condition into a characterization. Theorem 6 says the bootstrap distance guarantees disappointment rate rrr; Proposition 1 says no distance function that is larger than BBB on an open set does, for some nominal formulation. A practitioner who wants the bootstrap guarantee with the least conservative ambiguity set therefore has no better choice than BBB in this sense. The result is one instance of a pattern in data-driven optimization, where large-deviation rate functions appear as the optimal ambiguity sets.

The paper's proof is a short combination of three standard facts: strict separation of convex sets, Sanov's theorem, and convexity of relative entropy. None of the three is available on the platform in the form needed. Sanov's theorem for empirical distributions on a finite alphabet has no machine-checked proof in Mathlib or on the platform; the lower bound (31) is a self-contained, reusable result of independent interest. The separation step needs strict separation inside the affine hull of the simplex, which Mathlib provides only in the ambient vector space. The result is proved on paper; none of it is formalized.

Difficulty

The separation and convexity steps are routine once the relative topology of the simplex is handled. The central difficulty is the lower bound (31), a large-deviation lower bound for the empirical distribution of i.i.d. draws. The bootstrap probability of an event is a sum of multinomial probabilities over the empirical distributions with denominator nnn that fall in the event, and the bound must hold for every point of the relative interior, including points on the boundary of the simplex, where some coordinates vanish and the distance BBB is not differentiable. An argument that only treats distributions of full support, or only open sets of Rι\mathbb R^\iotaRι, does not cover these points.

A second difficulty is bookkeeping between the three topologies in play: the ambient space Rι\mathbb R^\iotaRι, the simplex Dn\mathcal D_nDn​, and the affine hull in which separation takes place.

Formalization scope

  • Ωn\Omega_nΩn​ is a finite type ι\iotaι with decidable equality; distributions are stdSimplex ℝ ι. Covariates, responses, neighbourhood weights and the decision zzz are abstracted away: the nominal formulation is the estimator D↦∑iDiGiD\mapsto\sum_iD_iG_iD↦∑i​Di​Gi​ (the estimator (18) with k=nk=nk=n and unit weights), so the robust prescription ztrr(x0)z^r_{\rm tr}(x_0)ztrr​(x0​) plays no role.
  • DtrD_{\rm tr}Dtr​ has all coordinates positive (the support convention of the paper).
  • BBB and RRR are EReal-valued; convexity of RRR is written out in EReal. The supremum defining R\mathcal RR is an EReal supremum. It is never empty, because DtrD_{\rm tr}Dtr​ lies in the RRR-ball, so R\mathcal RR cannot collapse to all of Dn\mathcal D_nDn​.
  • The bootstrap law is the nnn-fold product Measure.pi of ∑iDtr,i δi\sum_iD_{{\rm tr},i}\,\delta_i∑i​Dtr,i​δi​, with DtrD_{\rm tr}Dtr​ fixed while n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞.
  • "Open" and "int" are relative to Dn\mathcal D_nDn​. With the ambient topology, no nonempty subset of the simplex is open and every interior is empty, which would make Proposition 1 and (31) vacuous; this formalization rules that out, as it rules out a junk real logarithm (log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0) by using the explicit-ε\varepsilonε form of every rate statement.
  • Disclosed additions: the separation milestone assumes N\mathcal NN is convex, nonempty and inside the relative interior of the simplex; the infimum milestone assumes r>0r>0r>0, which holds in Proposition 1.

A complete development needs the method of types on a finite alphabet, strict separation in an affine subspace, and the convexity of relative entropy. The method-of-types lower bound is reusable well beyond this mission (hypothesis testing, large deviations of empirical measures). Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs of (31), are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, B. Van Parys, Bootstrap robust prescriptive analytics, arXiv:1711.09974v2, 2021; Mathematical Programming, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.09974
  • A. Dembo, O. Zeitouni, Large Deviations Techniques and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, 2009 (Theorem 6.2.10, Sanov's theorem). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-03311-7
  • B. Van Parys, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, From data to decisions: distributionally robust optimization is optimal, Management Science 67(6), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.04118
  • I. Csiszár, The method of types, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 44(6), 1998. https://doi.org/10.1109/18.720546
  • B. Efron, The Jackknife, the Bootstrap and Other Resampling Plans, SIAM, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970319
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Complexity TheoryProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

A Pseudorandom Generator from Any One-Way Function: One-Way Functions Exist If and Only If Pseudorandom Generators ExistResearch Paper

Motivation

Cryptographic protocols use random looking strings that can be reproduced from a shorter private seed. A pseudorandom generator provides those strings if no efficient observer can tell them from uniformly sampled bits. A one-way function provides a different kind of asymmetry: anyone can evaluate it efficiently, but no efficient algorithm can usually recover a preimage of a random output. Håstad, Impagliazzo, Levin, and Luby proved that these two existence questions are equivalent. Their result identifies average-case inversion hardness as sufficient for computational pseudorandomness, without assuming a particular candidate function or algebraic problem (Håstad et al., 1999).

The equivalence is known mathematically; this mission asks for a machine-checked account of its qualitative security claim. The original article develops stronger quantitative time–success comparisons. Those comparisons are relevant to concrete cryptography, but the existence equivalence can be stated through asymptotically negligible success probabilities. This distinction is fixed throughout the formalization.

Setting

At security parameter nnn, a function ensemble FFF receives a string from the Boolean cube {0,1}tn\{0,1\}^{t_n}{0,1}tn​ and returns one in {0,1}ℓn\{0,1\}^{\ell_n}{0,1}ℓn​. The lengths are polynomial-time parameters, and one uniform machine evaluates the family when given 1n1^n1n, separators, an optional unary integer advice value, and the input. The optional advice is polynomially bounded and may depend on nnn without being computable. The goal itself uses no advice.

An adversary is a polynomial-time bit-string machine with polynomially many independent random coins. For inversion it sees Fn(X)F_n(X)Fn​(X) for a uniform input XXX and may return any string x′x'x′ of the correct input length with Fn(x′)=Fn(X)F_n(x')=F_n(X)Fn​(x′)=Fn​(X). It need not recover the original XXX. The ensemble is one-way if that success probability is negligible for every such adversary. For distinguishing, the adversary accepts only by outputting the one-bit string [1][1][1]. Two laws are computationally indistinguishable if every adversary has negligible difference between its acceptance probabilities.

A generator GGG is pseudorandom when tn<ℓnt_n<\ell_ntn​<ℓn​ for positive nnn and its output law on a uniform tnt_ntn​-bit seed is computationally indistinguishable from the uniform law on ℓn\ell_nℓn​ bits. Strict stretch is essential: the identity map would otherwise satisfy the indistinguishability clause. All probabilities are finite counting fractions over Boolean cubes, so neither arbitrary measures nor a default value for an empty event space enters the definitions.

The intermediate results use Shannon entropy and order-two Rényi entropy, both in bits, and statistical distance, half the L1L^1L1 difference of finite laws. A universal hash family is pairwise independent in the exact sense of Definition 4.6: for distinct inputs x,x′x,x'x,x′ and any two prescribed outputs a,a′a,a'a,a′, the chance over the uniform key that both outputs occur is exactly the reciprocal of the square of the output-space size. The public hash key is retained in the extracted output (Håstad et al., 1999, §§2–4).

Formalization targets

Main equivalence

The goal is Theorem 6.3, on printed page 1387:

(∃F  OWF(F))⟺(∃G  PRG(G)).(\exists F\;\mathrm{OWF}(F))\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad (\exists G\;\mathrm{PRG}(G)).(∃FOWF(F))⟺(∃GPRG(G)).

Existence is the stable target: it does not fix a particular generator or an output-stretch constant. The reverse direction is the one the article attributes to Levin; the forward direction passes through the article's false-entropy and pseudoentropy constructions.

Intermediate targets

Lemma 4.8 bounds the statistical distance of a universal hash output with its public key by 2−(e+1)2^{-(e+1)}2−(e+1) when the source has Rényi entropy at least mmm and the hash output has m−2em-2em−2e bits. Theorem 4.14 converts a pseudoentropy generator into a PRG using the integer lengths and repetition count in Construction 4.13. Lemma 6.4 compares the Shannon entropies of the two Section 6 output laws:

H(E)≥H(D)+10n2,H(\mathcal E)\ge H(\mathcal D)+10n^2,H(E)≥H(D)+10n2,

with kn≥125n3k_n\ge125n^3kn​≥125n3. Theorem 6.2 gives the resulting mildly nonuniform false-entropy generator from a one-way function. The cited Levin direction is a separate existential milestone. These statements are the mission's milestone list, in their attack order (Håstad et al., 1999, pp. 1378–1387).

Significance

The result supplies a general route from any suitable average-case hard inversion task to a source of computational pseudorandom bits. It means an existence theorem for one primitive also settles the existence question for the other; it does not claim that an arbitrary one-bit-stretch generator is itself one-way. The paper's intermediate entropy notions record how much unpredictability remains or appears when outputs have nonuniform statistical laws.

A completed formalization would make the definitions of adversary, negligible advantage, universal hashing, entropy, and the finite output laws independently reusable. The known paper proof is not yet represented by the theorem stubs in this proposal. Formalizing the cited reverse implication, the entropy comparisons, and the links between the paper's intermediate generator notions remains solver work. No claim is made that the quantitative reduction bounds have been machine checked.

Difficulty

The one-way hypothesis only limits efficient inversion of an output; it does not directly say that the output is close to uniform. In particular, the output may carry statistical structure even when finding a preimage is hard. A direct attempt to hash the output without accounting for its varying preimage sizes does not produce the claimed pseudorandom law. The Section 6 construction therefore involves a random index, a hash prefix, independent parity masks, and a second public hash key. Their exact sample spaces matter for both the entropy gap and computational indistinguishability (Håstad et al., 1999, §§4, 6).

Formalization scope

Bit strings are Levin2003.Bits, fixed-length cubes are Levin2003.cube, and polynomial time is Mathlib's TM2 notion through the published Levin2003_owf_model. That module's own OneWay predicate requires length preservation, which Definition 3.2 of this paper does not; this mission defines its own ensemble and one-way predicate. Uniform adversaries receive no advice in the goal. Their coin budgets are polynomially bounded, and their inputs expose the security parameter in unary. Those choices rule out the vacuous encoding with unrestricted adversaries or an invisible security parameter.

The §6 laws use a finite product seed. The printed (6.8) samples index blocks as bit strings of length ⌈log⁡n⌉\lceil\log n\rceil⌈logn⌉, but (6.3) defines f′f'f′ only for indices 0,…,n−10,\ldots,n-10,…,n−1 and (6.5) averages uniformly over that range. The formalization uses Fin n indices. Thus Theorem 6.2 is stated for the repaired finite seed law, with a polynomial-time evaluator on its binary encoding. This exposes a gap between that seed space and Definition 3.9's uniform bit seed; bridging it is part of a complete proof. The prefix of a hash output is padded for the binary law, while the index remains present so the padding loses no information. The real-valued mnm_nmn​ in (6.6) is rounded down to a bit length, and its integer value is the advice for Theorem 6.2. Construction 4.13 retains its printed floor and ceiling. Its pseudoentropy surplus sns_nsn​ may be real-valued, as in the paper; polynomial-time computability of sns_nsn​ is rendered as sn=pn/qns_n=p_n/q_nsn​=pn​/qn​ with natural numbers whose binary expansions are polynomial-time computable from 1n1^n1n.

Lemma 6.4 explicitly bounds approximate degeneracy by n−1n-1n−1, which its printed proof uses without stating. For a one-way function that bound is needed only eventually. Accordingly computational-entropy lower bounds are formulated for all sufficiently large positive nnn; the paper's Definition 3.7 says all nnn. Lemma 6.5's oracle-machine statement and its printed probability constant are left for a separate treatment. The model covers qualitative negligible success, not time–success ratios, expected-time bookkeeping, or labels such as weak-preserving. Contributions that close those quantitative gaps are welcome, as are proofs of the selected milestones and reusable finite-entropy lemmas.

Selected references

  • J. Håstad, R. Impagliazzo, L. A. Levin, and M. Luby, A Pseudorandom Generator from Any One-Way Function, SIAM Journal on Computing 28(4):1364–1396, 1999. DOI: 10.1137/S0097539793244708.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 1 of 2Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me